WNS (Holdings) Limited
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
July 25, 2006
Registration
No. 333-135590
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2
FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
WNS (Holdings) Limited
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrants name into English)
|
|
|
|
|
Jersey, Channel Islands |
|
7389 |
|
330996780 |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex
Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli(W)
Mumbai 400 079, India
(91-22) 6797-6100
(Address, including ZIP code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrants principal executive
offices)
WNS North America Inc.
420 Lexington Avenue
Suite 2515, New York
NY 10170, USA
(212) 599-6960
(Name, address, including Zip Code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Michael W. Sturrock, Esq.
Latham & Watkins LLP
80 Raffles Place
#1420 UOB Plaza 2
Singapore 048624
(65) 6536-1161 |
|
David W. Hirsch, Esq.
Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
Bank of China Tower
One Garden Road
Hong Kong
(852) 2521-4122 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of
this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
number of the earlier effective registration statement for the
same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed maximum |
|
|
Proposed maximum |
|
|
|
Title of each class of |
|
|
Amount to be |
|
|
offering price |
|
|
aggregate |
|
|
Amount of |
securities to be registered |
|
|
registered(1) |
|
|
per share(2) |
|
|
offering price(2) |
|
|
registration fee(4) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares, par value 10 pence per share, each
represented by one American Depositary Share(3)
|
|
|
12,763,708 |
|
|
$20.00 |
|
|
$255,274,160 |
|
|
$27,314 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Includes (i) ordinary shares represented by American
Depositary Shares initially offered and sold outside the United
States that may be resold from time to time in the United States
either as part of their distribution or within 40 days
after the later of the effective date of this registration
statement and the date the securities are first bona fide
offered to the public and (ii) additional ordinary shares
represented by American Depositary Shares which may be purchased
by the underwriters at their option to cover over-allotments, if
any. The ordinary shares are not being registered for the
purpose of sales outside the United States. |
|
|
(2) |
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the
registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o). |
|
|
(3) |
American Depositary Shares evidenced by American Depositary
Receipts issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered
hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate Registration
Statement on
Form F-6
(333-135859). |
|
|
(4) |
Registrant previously paid a registration fee of $25,658 in
connection with the registration statement on
Form F-1
(333-135590) filed with
the Commission on July 3, 2006. |
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration
Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. Neither we nor the selling shareholders may sell
these securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This
preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities
and is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any
state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
JULY 25, 2006
11,202,708 AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES
WNS (Holdings) Limited
(organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands)
Representing 11,202,708 ordinary shares
This is the initial public offering of our ordinary shares in
the form of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS
represents the right to receive one of our ordinary shares. The
ADSs are evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs. See
Description of Share Capital and Description
of American Depositary Shares. We are offering 4,473,684
newly issued ordinary shares in the form of ADSs. The selling
shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an
additional 6,729,024 ordinary shares in the form of ADSs. We
will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of ADSs by
the selling shareholders. We anticipate that the initial public
offering price will be between $18.00 and $20.00 per ADS.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
ordinary shares and ADSs. We have applied for our ADSs to be
listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
WNS.
Investing in our ADSs involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 9 to read about factors you
should consider before buying our ADSs.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per ADS | |
|
Total | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Initial public offering price
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds before expenses to WNS (Holdings) Limited
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Proceeds before expenses to selling shareholders
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Certain of the selling shareholders have granted to the
underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 1,561,000
ADSs to cover over-allotments at the initial public offering
price less underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs to purchasers
on ,
2006.
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley |
Deutsche Bank Securities |
Merrill Lynch & Co. |
|
|
|
|
|
Citigroup |
UBS Investment Bank |
|
The date of this prospectus
is ,
2006
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We and the selling shareholders have not authorized
anyone to provide you with information that is different. We,
the selling shareholders and the underwriters are not making an
offer of our ADSs in any jurisdiction or state where the offer
is not permitted. The information in this prospectus may only be
accurate as of the date of this prospectus.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider before investing in our American Depositary
Shares, or ADSs. You should read this entire prospectus,
including Risk Factors and the financial statements
and related notes, before making an investment decision. This
prospectus includes forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. See Special Note Regarding
Forward-Looking Statements.
Our Business
We are a leading provider of offshore business process
outsourcing, or BPO, services. We provide comprehensive data,
voice and analytical services that are underpinned by our
expertise in our target industry sectors. We transfer the
execution of the business processes of our clients, which are
typically companies located in Europe and North America, to our
delivery centers located primarily in India. We provide high
quality execution of client processes, monitor these processes
against multiple performance metrics, and seek to improve them
on an ongoing basis.
We began operations as an in-house unit of British Airways in
1996, and started focusing on providing business process
outsourcing services to third parties in fiscal 2003. According
to the National Association of Software and Service Companies,
or NASSCOM, an industry association in India, we were among the
top two India-based offshore business process outsourcing
companies in terms of revenue in 2004, 2005 and 2006. As of
March 31, 2006, we had 10,433 employees, of whom
approximately 9,700 were executing over 400 distinct business
processes on behalf of over 125 significant clients. Our largest
clients in terms of revenue contribution include leading global
corporations such as Air Canada, AVIVA, British Airways, First
Magnus Financial Corporation, GfK, IndyMac Bank, Marsh, SITA,
Tesco, Travelocity and Virgin Atlantic Airways. See
Business Clients. In fiscal 2006, our
top five clients represented 41.0% of our revenue, our top 20
clients represented 73.0% of our revenue and one of our clients
represented more than 10% of our revenue for this period.
We offer our services through industry-focused business units.
First, we serve clients in the travel industry including
airlines, travel intermediaries and other related service
providers, for whom we perform services such as customer service
and revenue accounting. Second, we serve clients in the banking,
financial services and insurance industry for whom we perform
services such as loan processing and insurance claims
management. Third, we serve clients in several other industries
including manufacturing, retail, logistics, utilities and
professional services, which we refer to as emerging businesses.
In addition to industry-specific services, we offer a range of
services across multiple industries, in areas such as finance
and accounting, human resources and supply chain management,
which we collectively refer to as enterprise services, and in
the areas of market, business and financial research and
analytical services, which we refer to as knowledge services.
Our industry focus allows us to target and outsource business
processes that are core to our clients businesses, and to
recruit and retain a highly capable employee base by offering
them an industry-focused career path within our organization.
The following graphic illustrates our organizational approach to
the market:
1
Between fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2006, our revenue grew at a
compound annual growth rate of 54.9%, faster than the projected
42.1% compound annual growth rate of the overall Indian offshore
business process outsourcing industry for the comparable period,
as estimated by a joint report published by NASSCOM and
McKinsey, or the NASSCOM-McKinsey report, in December 2005 and
NASSCOMs Handbook for ITES-BPO Industry-2005. During this
period, we grew primarily through organic means supplemented by
selective acquisitions. We believe that we have achieved rapid
growth and industry leadership through our understanding of the
industries in which our clients operate, our focus on
operational excellence, and our senior management team with
significant experience in the global outsourcing industry.
We believe that our track record of operational excellence has
been instrumental in expanding our existing client relationships
and winning new clients. Our program management methodologies
have enabled us to successfully transfer over 400 distinct
business processes from our clients facilities to our
delivery centers. Once we transfer these processes from our
clients facilities to our own, we execute them effectively
to deliver high quality services as measured against the
relevant performance metrics. In addition, we have
industry-recognized recruiting and human capital development
capabilities that we believe are critical in attracting,
developing and managing outstanding talent. In 2005, neoIT, an
industry consultant, ranked us number one in human capital
development among global business process outsourcing companies.
We have an experienced senior management team, the majority of
whom have been with us since we became a focused third party
service provider in May 2002. This team has managed our rapid
growth while increasing client satisfaction, as measured by our
in-house customer feedback surveys over the last three years.
Moreover, during this period, our team has been successful in
targeting, acquiring and integrating three businesses that have
provided us with essential capabilities for entry into new
industry sectors.
Our revenue is generated primarily from providing business
process outsourcing services. A portion of our revenue includes
amounts that we invoice to our clients for payments made by us
to third party automobile repair centers, or repair centers. We
evaluate our business performance based on revenue net of these
payments, or what we call revenue less repair payments, which is
not a measure prepared under generally accepted accounting
principles. We believe that revenue less repair payments
reflects more accurately the value of the business process
outsourcing services we directly provide to our clients. For
fiscal 2006, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, our revenue was
$202.8 million, $162.2 million and
$104.1 million, respectively, and our revenue less repair
payments was $147.9 million, $99.0 million and
$49.9 million, respectively. During fiscal 2006, our net
income was $18.3 million and our operating income was
$19.9 million. During fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, our net
loss was $5.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively
and our operating loss was $4.4 million and
$7.0 million, respectively.
Market Opportunity
Businesses globally are outsourcing a growing proportion of
their business processes to streamline their organizations,
focus on their core operations, benefit from
best-in-class process
execution and increase shareholder returns. More significantly,
many of these businesses are outsourcing to offshore locations
such as India to access a high quality and cost effective
workforce. As a pioneer in the offshore business process
outsourcing industry, we are well positioned to benefit from the
combination of the outsourcing and offshoring trends.
The NASSCOM-McKinsey report estimates that the offshore business
process outsourcing industry will grow at a 37.0% compound
annual growth rate, from $11.4 billion in fiscal 2005 to
$55.0 billion in fiscal 2010. The NASSCOM-McKinsey report
estimates that India-based players accounted for 46% of offshore
business process outsourcing revenue in fiscal 2005 and India
will retain its dominant position as the most favored offshore
business process outsourcing destination for the foreseeable
future. It forecasts that the Indian offshore business process
outsourcing market will grow from $5.2 billion in revenue
in fiscal 2005 to $25.0 billion in fiscal 2010,
representing a compound annual growth rate of 36.9%.
Additionally, it identifies retail banking, insurance, travel
and hospitality and automobile manufacturing as the industries
with the greatest potential for offshore outsourcing. We provide
industry-focused business process outsourcing services to the
majority of these industries. However, we cannot assure you that
we will continue to benefit from the
2
opportunity presented by the Indian offshore business process
outsourcing market. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to our Business.
Our Competitive Strengths
Our principal competitive strengths include:
|
|
|
Offshore business process outsourcing market leadership; |
|
|
Deep industry expertise; |
|
|
Experience in transferring operations offshore and running them
efficiently; |
|
|
Diversified client base across multiple industries and
geographic locations; |
|
|
Leadership in human capital development, as recognized by recent
awards from neoIT and Indias National Institute of
Personnel Managers; |
|
|
Ability to manage the rapid growth of our organization; and |
|
|
Experienced management team. |
Our Business Strategy
Our goal is to strengthen our leadership position in the
offshore business process outsourcing industry. We intend to
achieve this through our strategies to:
|
|
|
Drive rapid growth through penetration of our existing client
base; |
|
|
Enhance awareness of the WNS brand name; |
|
|
Reinforce leadership in existing industries and penetrate new
industry sectors; and |
|
|
Broaden industry expertise and enhance growth through selective
acquisitions. |
Our Corporate Information
WNS (Holdings) Limited was incorporated on February 18,
2002 under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands and maintains a
registered office in Jersey at 22 Grenville Street,
St. Helier, Jersey JE4 8PX, Channel Islands. Our
principal executive office is located at Gate 4,
Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar,
Vikhroli (W), Mumbai 400 079, India and the telephone
number for this office is
(91-22) 6797-6100.
Our website address is www.wnsgs.com. Information contained on
our website is not a part of this prospectus.
Conventions used in this Prospectus
In this prospectus, references to US are to the
United States of America, its territories and its possessions.
References to UK are to the United Kingdom.
References to India are to the Republic of India.
References to $ or dollars or US
dollars are to the legal currency of the US and references
to Rs. or rupees or Indian
rupees are to the legal currency of India. References to
GBP or pounds sterling or
£ are to the legal currency of the UK and all
references to EUR or
are to Euros. References to pence are
to the legal currency of Jersey, Channel Islands. Our financial
statements are presented in US dollars and are prepared in
accordance with US generally accepted accounting principles, or
US GAAP. References to a particular fiscal year are
to our fiscal year ended March 31 of that year. Any
discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the
amounts listed are due to rounding. Names of our clients are
listed in alphabetical order in this prospectus, unless
otherwise stated.
3
We also refer in various places within this prospectus to
revenue less repair payments, which is a non-GAAP
measure that is calculated as revenue less payments to
automobile repair centers and more fully explained in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations. The presentation of
this non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in
isolation or as a substitute for our financial results prepared
in accordance with US GAAP.
We also refer to information regarding the business process
outsourcing industry, our company and our competitors from
market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly
available sources. Although we believe that this information is
reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy and
completeness of the information. We caution you not to place
undue reliance on this data.
4
THE OFFERING
|
|
|
ADSs that we are offering |
|
4,473,684 ADSs. |
|
|
ADSs that selling shareholders are offering |
|
6,729,024 ADSs. |
|
|
|
ADSs to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
|
11,202,708 ADSs. |
|
|
Number of shares per ADS |
|
One ordinary share. |
|
Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering |
|
39,801,857 ordinary shares. |
|
The ADSs |
|
Each ADS represents the right to receive one ordinary share. The
ADSs will be evidenced by American Depositary Receipts, or ADRs,
executed and delivered by Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as Depositary. |
|
|
|
The Depositary will be the holder of the ordinary
shares underlying your ADSs and you will have rights as provided
in the deposit agreement and the ADRs. |
|
|
|
Subject to compliance with the relevant requirements
set out herein, you may turn in your ADSs to the Depositary in
exchange for ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. |
|
|
|
The Depositary will charge you fees for exchanges. |
|
|
|
You should carefully read Description of American
Depositary Shares to better understand the terms of the
ADSs. You should also read the deposit agreement and the form of
the ADRs, which are exhibits to the registration statement that
includes this prospectus. |
|
Offering price |
|
We currently anticipate that the initial public offering price
will be between $18.00 and $20.00 per ADS. |
|
Selling shareholders |
|
See Principal and Selling Shareholders for
information on the selling shareholders in this offering. |
|
Over-allotment option |
|
Certain of the selling shareholders have granted to the
underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 1,561,000
ADSs from us and them to cover over-allotments at the initial
public offering price less underwriting discounts and
commissions. |
|
Use of proceeds |
|
Our net proceeds from the sale of 4,473,684 ADSs in this
offering will total approximately $73.9 million after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses which are payable by us. We intend to use the
net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes,
including capital expenditures and working capital, and for
possible acquisitions of businesses and delivery platforms. |
|
|
|
|
The proceeds from the sale of 6,729,024 ADSs in this offering to
be sold by the selling shareholders will be paid to those
shareholders. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the
sale of those ADSs. See Use of Proceeds. |
|
5
|
|
|
Risk factors |
|
See Risk Factors and other information included in
this prospectus for a discussion of the risks you should
carefully consider before deciding to invest in our ADSs. |
|
Payment and settlement |
|
The ADSs are expected to be delivered against payment
on ,
2006. The ADRs evidencing the ADSs will be deposited with a
custodian for, and registered in the name of a nominee of, The
Depository Trust Company, or DTC, in New York, New York. In
general, beneficial interests in the ADSs will be shown on, and
transfers of these beneficial interests will be effected only
through, records maintained by DTC and its direct and indirect
participants. |
|
Listing and trading |
|
We have applied for our ADSs to be listed on the New York Stock
Exchange, or NYSE. |
|
Proposed NYSE symbol |
|
WNS. |
|
Depositary |
|
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas. |
|
|
Lock-up |
|
We, the selling shareholders, our continuing directors,
executive officers and employee shareholders and certain of our
other existing shareholders have agreed with the underwriters
not to sell, transfer or dispose of any of our ordinary shares
or ADSs for a period of 180 days after the date of this
prospectus. See Underwriting. |
|
Unless specifically stated otherwise, the information in this
prospectus:
|
|
|
assumes an initial public offering price of $19.00 per ADS, the
midpoint of the range described above; |
|
|
|
excludes (i) 3,875,655 ordinary shares issuable upon
exercise of outstanding options and 90,121 ordinary shares
reserved for future issuance under our Stock Incentive Plan as
of June 30, 2006; and (ii) 3,000,000 ordinary
shares reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Incentive
Award Plan (including 537,000 ordinary shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to be granted effective upon the pricing
of this offering (of which 320,000 are to be issued to certain
of our directors and executive officers and 217,000 are to be
issued to other employees) and 224,750 restricted share units to
be issued effective upon the pricing of this offering (of which
160,000 are to be issued to certain of our directors and
executive officers and 64,750 are to be issued to other
employees), each under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan). See
Management Employee Benefit Plans
Stock Incentive Plan and Management
Employee Benefit Plans WNS 2006 Incentive Award
Plan; and |
|
|
|
|
assumes no exercise of the underwriters option to purchase
up to 1,561,000 additional ADSs to cover over-allotments. If the
underwriters exercise this option in full, 12,763,708 ADSs would
thereafter be outstanding. See Underwriting. |
|
6
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following summary consolidated statement of operations data
for fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004 and the summary consolidated
balance sheet data as of March 31, 2006 and 2005 have been
derived from the audited consolidated financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary
consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
not included in this prospectus. You should read this
information together with the consolidated financial statements
and related notes and the section entitled
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Our audited and unaudited consolidated
financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance
with US GAAP. Our historical results do not indicate results
expected for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions, except share and per | |
|
|
share data) | |
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
Cost of
revenue(1)
|
|
|
145.7 |
|
|
|
140.3 |
|
|
|
89.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
57.1 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
expenses(1)
|
|
|
36.3 |
|
|
|
24.9 |
|
|
|
18.8 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
|
|
(7.0 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
|
|
(6.8 |
) |
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
18.3 |
|
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.56 |
|
|
$ |
(0.19 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.52 |
|
|
$ |
(0.19 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
Weighted-average shares outstanding (basic)
|
|
|
32,874,299 |
|
|
|
30,969,658 |
|
|
|
30,795,888 |
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding (diluted)
|
|
|
35,029,766 |
|
|
|
30,969,658 |
|
|
|
30,795,888 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
18.5 |
|
|
$ |
9.1 |
|
|
$ |
14.8 |
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
28.1 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
57.4 |
|
|
|
44.0 |
|
|
|
42.5 |
|
Deposits and deferred tax asset
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
|
|
|
42.5 |
|
|
|
26.7 |
|
|
|
27.6 |
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
30.6 |
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
15.3 |
|
Total assets
|
|
|
134.8 |
|
|
|
98.0 |
|
|
|
86.6 |
|
Note payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
53.5 |
|
|
|
54.8 |
|
|
|
39.4 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities non-current
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
78.2 |
|
|
|
43.0 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
134.8 |
|
|
|
98.0 |
|
|
|
86.6 |
|
7
The following tables set forth for the periods indicated
selected consolidated financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions, except | |
|
|
percentages and employee data) | |
Other Consolidated Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
|
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
13.5 |
% |
|
|
13.8 |
% |
|
Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
(2.7 |
)% |
|
|
(6.7 |
)% |
Other Unaudited Consolidated Financial and
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair
payments(2)
|
|
$ |
147.9 |
|
|
$ |
99.0 |
|
|
$ |
49.9 |
|
|
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments
|
|
|
38.6 |
% |
|
|
22.1 |
% |
|
|
28.9 |
% |
|
Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue less repair
payments
|
|
|
13.4 |
% |
|
|
(4.4 |
)% |
|
|
(14.1 |
)% |
|
Number of employees (at period end)
|
|
|
10,433 |
|
|
|
7,176 |
|
|
|
4,472 |
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
Includes the following share-based compensation amounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
$ |
0.0 |
|
|
$ |
0.0 |
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(2) |
Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP measure. See the
explanation below, as well as Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Overview and notes to the
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP measure) to
revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP measure): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
Less: Payments to repair centers
|
|
$ |
54.9 |
|
|
$ |
63.2 |
|
|
$ |
54.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments
|
|
$ |
147.9 |
|
|
$ |
99.0 |
|
|
$ |
49.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have two reportable segments for financial statement
reporting purposes WNS Global BPO and WNS Auto
Claims BPO. In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, we provide
claims handling and accident management services, where we
arrange for automobile repairs through a network of repair
centers. In our accident management services, we act as the
principal in our dealings with the repair centers and our
clients. The amounts invoiced to our clients for payments made
by us to repair centers is reported as revenue. As we wholly
subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we use revenue
less repair payments as a primary measure to allocate resources
and measure operating performance.
Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP measure. We believe
that the presentation of this non-GAAP measure in this
prospectus provides useful information for investors regarding
the financial performance of our business and our two reportable
segments. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Results by Reportable Segment. The presentation of this
non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in isolation
or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in
accordance with US GAAP. Our revenue less repair payments may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
companies due to potential differences in the method of
calculation.
8
RISK FACTORS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that
involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking
statements as a result of a number of factors, including those
described in the following risk factors and elsewhere in this
prospectus. You should consider the following risk factors
carefully in evaluating us and our business before investing in
our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. If any of the following
risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and
results of operations could suffer, the trading-price of our
ADSs could decline and you may lose all or part of your
investment.
Risks Related to our Business
We may be unable to effectively manage our rapid growth
and maintain effective internal controls, which could have a
material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations
and financial condition.
Since we were founded in April 1996, and especially since
Warburg Pincus acquired a controlling stake in our company in
May 2002, we have experienced rapid growth and significantly
expanded our operations. Our revenue has grown at a compound
annual growth rate of 54.9% to $202.8 million in fiscal
2006 from $54.6 million in fiscal 2003. Our revenue less
repair payments has grown at a compound annual growth rate of
79.4% to $147.9 million in fiscal 2006 from
$25.6 million in fiscal 2003. We have established six
delivery centers in India, two in the UK and one in Sri Lanka.
Our employees have increased to 10,433 on March 31, 2006
from 2,348 on March 31, 2003. In fiscal 2007, we intend to
set up new delivery centers in Pune and Mumbai as well as to
expand our delivery center at Gurgaon, India. We intend to
continue expansion in the foreseeable future to pursue existing
and potential market opportunities.
This rapid growth places significant demands on our management
and operational resources. In order to manage growth
effectively, we must implement and improve operational systems,
procedures and internal controls on a timely basis. If we fail
to implement these systems, procedures and controls on a timely
basis, we may not be able to service our clients needs,
hire and retain new employees, pursue new business, complete
future acquisitions or operate our business effectively. Failure
to effectively transfer new client business to our delivery
centers, properly budget transfer costs or accurately estimate
operational costs associated with new contracts could result in
delays in executing client contracts, trigger service level
penalties or cause our profit margins not to meet our
expectations or our historical profit margins. As a result of
any of these problems associated with expansion, our business,
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows could
be materially and adversely affected.
A few major clients account for a significant portion of
our revenue and any loss of business from these clients could
reduce our revenue and significantly harm our business.
We have derived and believe that we will continue to derive in
the near term a significant portion of our revenue from a
limited number of large clients. For fiscal 2006 and fiscal
2005, our five largest clients accounted for 41.0% and 40.1% of
our revenue and 52.8% and 56.4% of our revenue less repair
payments. Our contract with one of our major clients, British
Airways, expires in March 2007. In May 2006, we entered into a
non-binding letter of intent with British Airways to extend the
term of this contract to May 2012, subject to negotiating and
entering into a definitive contract. If we fail to enter into a
definitive contract or if this contract is terminated for cause
or convenience, our client will have no obligation to purchase
services from us. For fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, British
Airways accounted for 7.2% and 10.1% of our revenue and 9.9% and
16.5% of our revenue less repair payments. Our contracts with
another major client, AVIVA, provide the client options,
exercisable at will after April 28, 2007 and
December 30, 2007, to require us to transfer the relevant
projects and operations to this client. See We
may lose some or all of the revenue generated by one of our
major clients. In May 2006, we entered into a non-binding
letter of intent with respect to one of the AVIVA contracts to
postpone the start of the option exercise period from
April 28, 2007 to after June 2007. See We
may lose some or all of the revenue generated by one of our
major clients.
In addition, the volume of work performed for specific clients
is likely to vary from year to year, particularly since we may
not be the exclusive outside service provider for our clients.
Thus, a major client in one year may
9
not provide the same level of revenue in any subsequent year.
The loss of some or all of the business of any large client
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows. A number of
factors other than our performance could cause the loss of or
reduction in business or revenue from a client, and these
factors are not predictable. For example, a client may demand
price reductions, change its outsourcing strategy or move work
in-house. A client may also be acquired by a company with a
different outsourcing strategy that intends to switch to another
business process outsourcing service provider or return work
in-house.
We may lose some or all of the revenue generated by one of
our major clients.
Our contracts with one of our five largest clients, AVIVA, to
provide business process outsourcing services grant AVIVA the
option to require us to transfer the relevant projects and
operations of our facilities at Sri Lanka and Pune to this
client. AVIVA may exercise these options at will after
April 28, 2007 for our facility in Sri Lanka and after
December 30, 2007 for the larger facility that we operate
in Pune. We understand that AVIVA is considering whether or not
to exercise the options, and we have been in discussions with
AVIVA about the timing and exercise of the options, although no
definitive agreements have been reached. In May 2006, we entered
into a non-binding letter of intent with AVIVA Offshore
Services, an affiliate of AVIVA and acting for AVIVA, to
postpone the start of the option exercise period for our
facility in Sri Lanka to on or after June 30, 2007. The
postponement of the start of this option exercise period is
subject to AVIVA and us negotiating and entering into a
definitive contract. If we fail to enter into this contract, the
start date for the exercise of the option will remain unchanged.
If either or both of these options is exercised, we will lose
some or all revenue from AVIVA and be required to transfer our
delivery center in Sri Lanka, one of our delivery centers in
Pune and all our employees located at these delivery centers to
AVIVA. For fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, this client accounted
for 9.8% and 6.2% of our revenue and 13.4% and 10.1% of our
revenue less repair payments. This loss of revenue would have a
material impact on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows, particularly during the
quarter in which the options takes effect.
We may in the future enter into similar contracts with other
clients, in which case we would be subject to risks similar to
those described above.
Our revenue is highly dependent on a few industries and
any decrease in demand for outsourced services in these
industries could reduce our revenue and seriously harm our
business.
A substantial portion of our clients are concentrated in the
travel industry and the banking, financial services and
insurance, or BFSI, industry. In fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005,
30.9% and 28.9% of our revenue and 42.3% and 47.3% of our
revenue less repair payments were derived from clients in the
travel industry. During the same periods, clients in the BFSI
industry contributed 55.6% and 61.4% of our revenue and 39.1%
and 36.8% of our revenue less repair payments. Our business and
growth largely depend on continued demand for our services from
clients in these industries and other industries that we may
target in the future, as well as on trends in these industries
to outsource business processes. A downturn in any of our
targeted industries, particularly the travel or BFSI industries,
a slowdown or reversal of the trend to outsource business
processes in any of these industries or the introduction of
regulation which restricts or discourages companies from
outsourcing could result in a decrease in the demand for our
services and adversely affect our results of operations.
Other developments may also lead to a decline in the demand for
our services in these industries. For example, consolidation in
any of these industries or acquisitions, particularly involving
our clients, may decrease the potential number of buyers of our
services. Any significant reduction in or the elimination of the
use of the services we provide within any of these industries
would result in reduced revenue and harm our business. Our
clients may experience rapid changes in their prospects,
substantial price competition and pressure on their
profitability. Although such pressures can encourage outsourcing
as a cost reduction measure, they may also result in increasing
pressure on us from clients in these key industries to lower our
prices, which could negatively affect our business, results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows.
10
Our senior management team and other key team members in
our business units are critical to our continued success and the
loss of such personnel could harm our business.
Our future success substantially depends on the continued
service and performance of the members of our senior management
team and other key team members in each of our business units.
These personnel possess technical and business capabilities
including domain expertise that are difficult to replace. There
is intense competition for experienced senior management and
personnel with technical and industry expertise in the business
process outsourcing industry, and we may not be able to retain
our key personnel. Although we have entered into employment
contracts with our executive officers, certain terms of those
agreements may not be enforceable and in any event these
agreements do not ensure the continued service of these
executive officers. The loss of key members of our senior
management or other key team members, particularly to
competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flows.
We may fail to attract and retain enough sufficiently
trained employees to support our operations, as competition for
highly skilled personnel is intense and we experience
significant employee attrition. These factors could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
The business process outsourcing industry relies on large
numbers of skilled employees, and our success depends to a
significant extent on our ability to attract, hire, train and
retain qualified employees. The business process outsourcing
industry, including our company, experiences high employee
attrition. In fiscal 2006, our attrition rate for
associates employees who execute business processes
for our clients following their completion of a six-month
probationary period was approximately 30%. There is
significant competition in India for professionals with the
skills necessary to perform the services we offer to our
clients. Increased competition for these professionals, in the
business process outsourcing industry or otherwise, could have
an adverse effect on us. A significant increase in the attrition
rate among employees with specialized skills could decrease our
operating efficiency and productivity and could lead to a
decline in demand for our services.
In addition, our ability to maintain and renew existing
engagements and obtain new businesses will depend, in large
part, on our ability to attract, train and retain personnel with
skills that enable us to keep pace with growing demands for
outsourcing, evolving industry standards and changing client
preferences. Our failure either to attract, train and retain
personnel with the qualifications necessary to fulfill the needs
of our existing and future clients or to assimilate new
employees successfully could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations, financial condition and
cash flows.
Wage increases in India may prevent us from sustaining our
competitive advantage and may reduce our profit margin.
Salaries and related benefits of our operations staff and other
employees in India are among our most significant costs. Wage
costs in India have historically been significantly lower than
wage costs in the US and Europe for comparably skilled
professionals, which has been one of our competitive advantages.
However, because of rapid economic growth in India, increased
demand for business process outsourcing to India and increased
competition for skilled employees in India, wages for comparably
skilled employees in India are increasing at a faster rate than
in the US and Europe, which may reduce this competitive
advantage. In addition, if the US dollar or the pound sterling
declines in value against the Indian rupee, wages in the US or
the UK will decrease relative to wages in India, which may
further reduce our competitive advantage. We may need to
increase our levels of employee compensation more rapidly than
in the past to remain competitive in attracting the quantity and
quality of employees that our business requires. Wage increases
may reduce our profit margins and have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition and cash flows.
Our operating results may differ from period to period,
which may make it difficult for us to prepare accurate internal
financial forecasts and respond in a timely manner to offset
such period to period fluctuations.
Our operating results may differ significantly from period to
period due to factors such as client losses, variations in the
volume of business from clients resulting from changes in our
clients operations, the business
11
decisions of our clients regarding the use of our services,
delays or difficulties in expanding our operational facilities
and infrastructure, changes to our pricing structure or that of
our competitors, inaccurate estimates of resources and time
required to complete ongoing projects, currency fluctuation and
seasonal changes in the operations of our clients. For example,
our clients in the travel industry experience seasonal changes
in their operations in connection with the year-end holiday
season and the school year, as well as episodic factors such as
adverse weather conditions or strikes by pilots or air traffic
controllers. Transaction volumes can be impacted by market
conditions affecting the travel and insurance industries,
including natural disasters, health scares (such as severe acute
respiratory syndrome, or SARS, and avian influenza, or bird flu)
and terrorist attacks. In addition, some of our contracts do not
commit our clients to providing us with a specific volume of
business.
In addition, the long sales cycle for our services, which
typically ranges from three to 12 months, and the internal
budget and approval processes of our prospective clients makes
it difficult to predict the timing of new client engagements.
Revenue is recognized upon actual provision of services and when
the criteria for recognition are achieved. Accordingly, the
financial benefit of gaining a new client may be delayed due to
delays in the implementation of our services. These factors may
make it difficult for us to prepare accurate internal financial
forecasts or replace anticipated revenue that we do not receive
as a result of those delays. Due to the above factors, it is
possible that in some future quarters our operating results may
be significantly below the expectations of the public market,
analysts and investors.
Our clients may terminate contracts before completion or
choose not to renew contracts which could adversely affect our
business and reduce our revenue.
The terms of our client contracts typically range from three to
five years. Many of our client contracts can be terminated by
our clients with or without cause, with three to six
months notice and in most cases without penalty. The
termination of a substantial percentage of these contracts could
adversely affect our business and reduce our revenue. Contracts
representing 15.0% of our revenue and 20.5% of our revenue less
repair payments from our clients in fiscal 2006 will expire on
or before March 31, 2007. Failure to meet contractual
requirements could result in cancellation or non-renewal of a
contract. Some of our contracts may be terminated by the client
if certain of our key personnel working on the client project
leave our employment and we are unable to find suitable
replacements. In addition, a contract termination or significant
reduction in work assigned to us by a major client could cause
us to experience a higher than expected number of unassigned
employees, which would increase our cost of revenue as a
percentage of revenue until we are able to reduce or reallocate
our headcount. We may not be able to replace any client that
elects to terminate or not renew its contract with us, which
would adversely affect our business and revenue.
Some of our client contracts contain provisions which, if
triggered, could result in lower future revenue and have an
adverse effect on our business.
If our clients agree to provide us with a specified volume and
scale of business or to provide us with business for a specified
minimum duration, we may, in return, agree to include certain
provisions in our contracts with such clients which provide for
downward revision of our prices under certain circumstances. For
example, certain client contracts provide that if during the
term of the contract, we were to offer similar services to any
other client on terms and conditions more favorable than those
provided in the contract, we would be obliged to offer equally
favorable terms and conditions to the client. This may result in
lower revenue and profits under these contracts. Certain other
contracts allow a client in certain limited circumstances to
request a benchmark study comparing our pricing and performance
with that of an agreed list of other service providers for
comparable services. Based on the results of the study and
depending on the reasons for any unfavorable variance, we may be
required to make improvements in the service we provide or to
reduce the pricing for services to be performed under the
remaining term of the contract.
Some of our client contracts provide that during the term of the
contract and under specified circumstances, we may not provide
similar services to their competitors. Some of our contracts
also provide that, during the term of the contract and for a
certain period thereafter ranging from six to 12 months, we
may not provide similar services to certain or any of their
competitors using the same personnel. These restrictions may
hamper
12
our ability to compete for and provide services to other clients
in the same industry, which may result in lower future revenue
and profitability.
Some of our contracts specify that if a change of control of our
company occurs during the term of the contract, the client has
the right to terminate the contract. These provisions may result
in our contracts being terminated if there is such a change in
control, resulting in a potential loss of revenue.
Some of our client contracts also contain provisions that would
require us to pay penalties to our clients if we do not meet
pre-agreed service level requirements. Failure to meet these
requirements could result in the payment of significant
penalties by us to our clients which in turn could have an
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
We enter into long-term contracts with our clients, and
our failure to estimate the resources and time required for our
contracts may negatively affect our profitability.
The terms of our client contracts typically range from three to
five years. In many of our contracts we commit to long-term
pricing with our clients and therefore bear the risk of cost
overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection
with these contracts. If we fail to estimate accurately the
resources and time required for a contract, future wage
inflation rates or currency exchange rates, or if we fail to
complete our contractual obligations within the contracted
timeframe, our revenue and profitability may be negatively
affected.
Our profitability will suffer if we are not able to
maintain our pricing and asset utilization levels and control
our costs.
Our profit margin, and therefore our profitability, is largely a
function of our asset utilization and the rates we are able to
recover for our services. One of the most significant components
of our asset utilization is our seat utilization rate which is
the average number of work shifts per day, out of a maximum of
three, for which we are able to utilize our work stations, or
seats. If we are not able to maintain the pricing for our
services or an appropriate seat utilization rate, without
corresponding cost reductions, our profitability will suffer.
The rates we are able to recover for our services are affected
by a number of factors, including our clients perceptions
of our ability to add value through our services, competition,
introduction of new services or products by us or our
competitors, our ability to accurately estimate, attain and
sustain engagement revenue, margins and cash flows over
increasingly longer contract periods and general economic and
political conditions.
Our profitability is also a function of our ability to control
our costs and improve our efficiency. As we increase the number
of our employees and execute our strategies for growth, we may
not be able to manage the significantly larger and more
geographically diverse workforce that may result, which could
adversely affect our ability to control our costs or improve our
efficiency.
We have incurred losses in the past and have a limited
operating history. We may not be profitable in the future and
may not be able to secure additional business.
We have incurred losses in each of the three fiscal years from
fiscal 2003 through fiscal 2005. In future periods, we expect
our selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses
to continue to increase. If our revenue does not grow at a
faster rate than these expected increases in our expenses, or if
our operating expenses are higher than we anticipate, we may not
be profitable and we may incur additional losses.
In addition, the offshore business process outsourcing industry
is a relatively new industry, and we have a limited operating
history. We started our business by offering business process
outsourcing services as part of British Airways in 1996. In
fiscal 2003, we enhanced our focus on providing business process
outsourcing services to third parties. As such, we have only
focused on servicing third-party clients for a limited time. We
may not be able to secure additional business or retain current
business with third-parties or add third-party clients in the
future.
13
If we cause disruptions to our clients businesses or
provide inadequate service, our clients may have claims for
substantial damages against us. Our insurance coverage may be
inadequate to cover these claims, and as a result our profits
may be substantially reduced.
Most of our contracts with clients contain service level and
performance requirements, including requirements relating to the
quality of our services and the timing and quality of responses
to the clients customer inquiries. In some cases, the
quality of services that we provide is measured by quality
assurance ratings and surveys which are based in part on the
results of direct monitoring by our clients of interactions
between our employees and our clients customers. Failure
to consistently meet service requirements of a client or errors
made by our associates in the course of delivering services to
our clients could disrupt the clients business and result
in a reduction in revenue or a claim for substantial damages
against us. For example, some of our agreements stipulate
standards of service that, if not met by us, will result in
lower payment to us. In addition, a failure or inability to meet
a contractual requirement could seriously damage our reputation
and affect our ability to attract new business.
Our dependence on our offshore delivery centers requires us to
maintain active data and voice communications between our main
delivery centers in India, Sri Lanka and the UK our
international technology hubs in the US and the UK and our
clients offices. Although we maintain redundant facilities
and communications links, disruptions could result from, among
other things, technical and electricity breakdowns, computer
glitches and viruses and adverse weather conditions. Any
significant failure of our equipment or systems, or any major
disruption to basic infrastructure like power and
telecommunications in the locations in which we operate, could
impede our ability to provide services to our clients, have a
negative impact on our reputation, cause us to lose clients,
reduce our revenue and harm our business.
Under our contracts with our clients, our liability for breach
of our obligations is generally limited to actual damages
suffered by the client and capped at a portion of the fees paid
or payable to us under the relevant contract. To the extent that
our contracts contain limitations on liability, such limitations
may be unenforceable or otherwise may not protect us from
liability for damages. In addition, certain liabilities, such as
claims of third parties for which we may be required to
indemnify our clients, are generally not limited under those
agreements. Although we have commercial general liability
insurance coverage, the coverage may not continue to be
available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to cover
one or more large claims, and our insurers may disclaim coverage
as to any future claims. The successful assertion of one or more
large claims against us that exceed available insurance
coverage, or changes in our insurance policies (including
premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or
co-insurance requirements), could have a material adverse effect
on our business, reputation, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
We are liable to our clients for damages caused by
unauthorized disclosure of sensitive and confidential
information, whether through a breach of our computer systems,
through our employees or otherwise.
We are typically required to manage, utilize and store sensitive
or confidential client data in connection with the services we
provide. Under the terms of our client contracts, we are
required to keep such information strictly confidential. Our
client contracts do not include any limitation on our liability
to them with respect to breaches of our obligation to maintain
confidentiality on the information we receive from them. We seek
to implement measures to protect sensitive and confidential
client data and have not experienced any material breach of
confidentiality to date. However, if any person, including any
of our employees, penetrates our network security or otherwise
mismanages or misappropriates sensitive or confidential client
data, we could be subject to significant liability and lawsuits
from our clients or their customers for breaching contractual
confidentiality provisions or privacy laws. Although we have
insurance coverage for mismanagement or misappropriation of such
information by our employees, that coverage may not continue to
be available on reasonable terms or in sufficient amounts to
cover one or more large claims against us and our insurers may
disclaim coverage as to any future claims. Penetration of the
network security of our data centers could have a negative
impact on our reputation, which would harm our business.
14
Failure to adhere to the regulations that govern our
business could result in our being unable to effectively perform
our services. Failure to adhere to regulations that govern our
clients businesses could result in breaches of contract
with our clients.
Our clients business operations are subject to certain
rules and regulations such as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act in the US
and the Financial Services Act in the UK. Our clients may
contractually require that we perform our services in a manner
that would enable them to comply with such rules and
regulations. Failure to perform our services in such a manner
could result in breaches of contract with our clients and, in
some limited circumstances, civil fines and criminal penalties
for us. In addition, we are required under various Indian laws
to obtain and maintain permits and licenses for the conduct of
our business. If we do not maintain our licenses or other
qualifications to provide our services, we may not be able to
provide services to existing clients or be able to attract new
clients and could lose revenue, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business.
The international nature of our business exposes us to
several risks, such as significant currency fluctuations and
unexpected changes in the regulatory requirements of multiple
jurisdictions.
We have operations in India, Sri Lanka and the UK and we service
clients across Europe, North America and Asia. Our corporate
structure also spans multiple jurisdictions, with our parent
holding company incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and
intermediate and operating subsidiaries incorporated in India,
Sri Lanka, Mauritius, the US and the UK. As a result, we are
exposed to risks typically associated with conducting business
internationally, many of which are beyond our control. These
risks include:
|
|
|
significant currency fluctuations between the US dollar and
the pound sterling (in which our revenue is principally
denominated) and the Indian rupee (in which a significant
portion of our costs are denominated); |
|
|
legal uncertainty owing to the overlap of different legal
regimes, and problems in asserting contractual or other rights
across international borders; |
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences, such as scrutiny of
transfer pricing arrangements by authorities in the countries in
which we operate; |
|
|
potential tariffs and other trade barriers; |
|
|
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; |
|
|
the burden and expense of complying with the laws and
regulations of various jurisdictions; and |
|
|
terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war. |
The occurrence of any of these events could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations and financial
condition.
We may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition
targets or integrating any acquired business into our
operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flows.
Our growth strategy involves gaining new clients and expanding
our service offerings, both organically and through strategic
acquisitions. Historically, we have expanded some of our service
offerings and gained new clients through strategic acquisitions,
such as our acquisition of Trinity Partners Inc., or Trinity
Partners, in November 2005. It is possible that in the future we
may not succeed in identifying suitable acquisition targets
available for sale on reasonable terms, have access to the
capital required to finance potential acquisitions or be able to
consummate any acquisition. The inability to identify suitable
acquisition targets or investments or the inability to complete
such transactions may affect our competitiveness and our growth
prospects. In addition, our management may not be able to
successfully integrate any acquired business into our operations
and any acquisition we do complete may not result in long-term
benefits to us. For example, if we acquire a company, we could
experience difficulties in assimilating that companys
personnel, operations, technology
15
and software. In addition, the key personnel of the acquired
company may decide not to work for us. The lack of profitability
of any of our acquisitions could have a material adverse effect
on our operating results. Future acquisitions may also result in
the incurrence of indebtedness or the issuance of additional
equity securities and may present difficulties in financing the
acquisition on attractive terms. Acquisitions also typically
involve a number of other risks, including diversion of
managements attention, legal liabilities and the need to
amortize acquired intangible assets, any of which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
Our facilities are at risk of damage by natural
disasters.
Our operational facilities and communication hubs may be damaged
in natural disasters such as earthquakes, floods, heavy rains,
tsunamis and cyclones. For example, in the recent floods in
Mumbai in July 2005, our operations were adversely affected as a
result of the disruption of the citys public utility and
transport services making it difficult for our associates to
commute to our office. Such natural disasters may lead to
disruption of information systems and telephone service for
sustained periods. Damage or destruction that interrupts our
provision of outsourcing services could damage our relationships
with our clients and may cause us to incur substantial
additional expenses to repair or replace damaged equipment or
facilities. We may also be liable to our clients for disruption
in service resulting from such damage or destruction. While we
currently have commercial liability insurance, our insurance
coverage may not be sufficient. Furthermore, we may be unable to
secure such insurance coverage at premiums acceptable to us in
the future or secure such insurance coverage at all. Prolonged
disruption of our services as a result of natural disasters
would also entitle our clients to terminate their contracts with
us.
Our business may not develop in ways that we currently
anticipate due to negative public reaction to offshore
outsourcing, recently proposed legislation or otherwise.
We have based our strategy of future growth on certain
assumptions regarding our industry, services and future demand
in the market for such services. However, the trend to outsource
business processes may not continue and could reverse. Offshore
outsourcing is a politically sensitive topic in the UK, the US
and elsewhere. For example, many organizations and public
figures in the UK and the US have publicly expressed concern
about a perceived association between offshore outsourcing
providers and the loss of jobs in their home countries.
In addition, there has been recent publicity about the negative
experiences, such as theft and misappropriation of sensitive
client data, of various companies that use offshore outsourcing,
particularly in India. Current or prospective clients may elect
to perform such services themselves or may be discouraged from
transferring these services from onshore to offshore providers
to avoid negative perceptions that may be associated with using
an offshore provider. Any slowdown or reversal of existing
industry trends towards offshore outsourcing would seriously
harm our ability to compete effectively with competitors that
operate out of facilities located in the UK or the US.
A variety of US federal and state legislation has been proposed
that, if enacted, could restrict or discourage US companies from
outsourcing their services to companies outside the US. For
example, legislation has been proposed that would require
offshore providers of services requiring direct interaction with
clients customers to identify to clients customers
where the offshore provider is located. Because some of our
clients are located in the US, any expansion of existing laws or
the enactment of new legislation restricting offshore
outsourcing could adversely impact our ability to do business
with US clients and have a material and adverse effect on our
business, results of operations, financial condition and cash
flows. In addition, it is possible that legislation could be
adopted that would restrict US private sector companies that
have federal or state government contracts from outsourcing
their services to offshore service providers. This would affect
our ability to attract or retain clients that have such
contracts.
Recent legislation introduced in the UK provides that if a
company transfers or outsources its business or a part of its
business to a transferee or a service provider, the employees
who were employed in such business are entitled to become
employed by the transferee or service provider on the same terms
and conditions as they had been employed before. The dismissal
of such employees as a result of such transfer of business is
deemed
16
unfair dismissal and entitles the employee to compensation. As a
result, we may become liable for redundancy payments to the
employees of our clients in the UK who outsource business to us.
We believe this legislation will not affect our existing
contracts with clients in the UK. However, we may be liable
under any service level agreements we may enter into in the
future pursuant to existing master services agreements with our
UK clients. In addition, we expect this legislation to have a
material adverse effect on potential business from clients in
the UK. However, as this legislation has only come into effect
in April 2006, we are not yet able to assess at this time the
potential impact of this new legislation on our results of
operation in the long term.
We face competition from onshore and offshore business
process outsourcing companies and from information technology
companies that also offer business process outsourcing services.
Our clients may also choose to run their business processes
themselves, either in their home countries or through captive
units located offshore.
The market for outsourcing services is very competitive and we
expect competition to intensify and increase from a number of
sources. We believe that the principal competitive factors in
our markets are price, service quality, sales and marketing
skills, and industry expertise. We face significant competition
from our clients own in-house groups, including, in some
cases, in-house departments operating offshore, or captive
units. Clients who currently outsource a significant proportion
of their business processes or information technology services
to vendors in India may, for various reasons, including to
diversify geographic risk, seek to reduce their dependence on
any one country. We also face competition from onshore and
offshore business process outsourcing and information technology
services companies. In addition, the trend toward offshore
outsourcing, international expansion by foreign and domestic
competitors and continuing technological changes will result in
new and different competitors entering our markets. These
competitors may include entrants from the communications,
software and data networking industries or entrants in
geographic locations with lower costs than those in which we
operate.
Some of these existing and future competitors have greater
financial, human and other resources, longer operating
histories, greater technological expertise, more recognizable
brand names and more established relationships in the industries
that we currently serve or may serve in the future. In addition,
some of our competitors may enter into strategic or commercial
relationships among themselves or with larger, more established
companies in order to increase their ability to address client
needs, or enter into similar arrangements with potential
clients. Increased competition, our inability to compete
successfully against competitors, pricing pressures or loss of
market share could result in reduced operating margins which
could harm our business, results of operations, financial
condition and cash flows.
We will incur increased costs as a result of being a
public company subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and our
management faces challenges in implementing those
requirements.
As a public company, we will incur additional legal, accounting
and other expenses that we do not incur as a private company.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules
subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or the Commission, and the New York Stock Exchange,
or NYSE, have imposed increased regulation and required enhanced
corporate governance practices of public companies. We are
committed to maintaining high standards of corporate governance
and public disclosure, and our efforts to comply with evolving
laws, regulations and standards in this regard are likely to
result in increased general and administrative expenses and a
diversion of management time and attention from
revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. For
example, we are in the process of creating additional board
committees and are reviewing and adopting comprehensive new
policies regarding internal controls over financial reporting
and disclosure controls and procedures. We are also in the
process of evaluating and testing our internal financial
reporting controls in anticipation of compliance with
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and have not
yet completed this process. We have formed internal evaluation
committees and engaged consultants and expect to upgrade our
computer software systems to assist us in such compliance. If we
do not implement the requirements of Section 404 in a
timely manner or with adequate compliance, we might be subject
to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as
the Commission. Any such action could harm our business or
investors confidence in our company and could cause our
share price to fall. We will also incur additional costs
associated with our reporting requirements as a public company.
We also
17
expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult
and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer
liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced
policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs
to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be
more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified candidates
to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers.
Our controlling shareholder, Warburg Pincus, will be able
to control or significantly influence our corporate
actions.
Immediately upon the completion of this offering, we expect that
Warburg Pincus will continue to beneficially own more than 50%
of our shares. As a result of its ownership position, Warburg
Pincus is expected to retain the ability to control or
significantly influence matters requiring shareholder and board
approval, including, without limitation, the election of
directors, significant corporate transactions such as
amalgamations and consolidations, changes of control of our
company and sales of all or substantially all of our assets.
These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by the other
shareholders, including those who purchase ADSs in this offering.
We have certain anti-takeover provisions in our articles
of association that may discourage a change of control.
Our articles of association contain anti-takeover provisions
that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire
us without the consent of our board of directors. These
provisions include:
|
|
|
a classified board of directors with staggered three-year terms;
and |
|
|
the ability of our board of directors to determine the rights,
preferences and privileges of our preferred shares and to issue
the preferred shares without shareholder approval, which could
be exercised by our board of directors to increase the number of
outstanding shares and prevent or delay a takeover attempt. |
These provisions could make it more difficult for a third party
to acquire us, even if the third partys offer may be
considered beneficial by many shareholders. As a result,
shareholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium
for their shares.
It may be difficult for you to effect service of process
and enforce legal judgments against us or our affiliates.
We are incorporated in Jersey, Channel Islands, and our primary
operating subsidiary, WNS Global Services Pvt. Ltd., is
incorporated in India. A majority of our directors and senior
executives are not residents of the US and virtually all of our
assets and the assets of those persons are located outside the
US. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect
service of process within the US upon those persons or us. In
addition, you may be unable to enforce judgments obtained in
courts of the US against those persons outside the jurisdiction
of their residence, including judgments predicated solely upon
the securities laws of the US. See Enforcement of Civil
Liabilities.
Risks Related to India
A substantial portion of our assets and operations are
located in India and we are subject to regulatory, economic,
social and political uncertainties in India.
Our primary operating subsidiary, WNS Global Services Pvt. Ltd.,
is incorporated in India, and a substantial portion of our
assets and employees are located in India. We intend to continue
to develop and expand our facilities in India. The Indian
government, however, has exercised and continues to exercise
significant influence over many aspects of the Indian economy.
Indias government has provided significant tax incentives
and relaxed certain regulatory restrictions in order to
encourage foreign investment in specified sectors of the
economy, including the business process outsourcing industry.
Those programs that have benefited us include tax holidays,
liberalized import and export duties and preferential rules on
foreign investment and repatriation. We cannot assure you that
such liberalization policies will continue. Various factors,
including a collapse of the present coalition government due to
the withdrawal of support of coalition members, could trigger
significant changes in Indias economic liberalization and
deregulation policies and disrupt business and economic
conditions in India generally and our business in particular.
The government of India may decide to
18
introduce the reservation policy. According to this policy, all
companies operating in the private sector in India, including
our subsidiaries in India, would be required to reserve a
certain percentage of jobs for the economically underprivileged
population in the relevant state where such companies are
incorporated. If this policy is introduced, our ability to hire
employees of our choice may be restricted. Our financial
performance and the market price of our ADSs may be adversely
affected by changes in inflation, exchange rates and controls,
interest rates, government of India policies (including taxation
policies), social stability or other political, economic or
diplomatic developments affecting India in the future.
India has witnessed communal clashes in the past. Although such
clashes in India have, in the recent past, been sporadic and
have been contained within reasonably short periods of time, any
such civil disturbance in the future could result in disruptions
in transportation or communication networks, as well as have
adverse implications for general economic conditions in India.
Such events could have a material adverse effect on our
business, on the value of our ADSs and on your investment in our
ADSs.
If the government of India reduces or withdraws tax
benefits and other incentives it currently provides to companies
within our industry or if the same are not available for any
other reason, our financial condition could be negatively
affected.
Under the Indian Finance Act, 2000, our delivery centers in
India benefit from a ten-year holiday from Indian corporate
income taxes. As a result, our service operations, including any
businesses we acquire, have been subject to relatively low
Indian tax liabilities. We incurred minimal income tax expense
on our Indian operations in fiscal 2006 as a result of the tax
holiday, compared to approximately $4.7 million that we
would have incurred if the tax holiday had not been available
for that period. The Indian Finance Act, 2000, phases out the
tax holiday over a ten-year period from fiscal 2000 through
fiscal 2009. The tax holiday enjoyed by our delivery centers in
India expires in stages, on April 1, 2006 (for one of our
delivery centers located in Mumbai), on April 1, 2008 (for
one of our delivery centers located in Nashik) and on
April 1, 2009 (for our delivery centers located in Mumbai,
Pune, Nashik and Gurgaon). When our Indian tax holiday expires
or terminates, or if the Indian government withdraws or reduces
the benefits of the Indian tax holiday, our Indian tax expense
will materially increase and this increase will have a material
impact on our results of operations. In the absence of a tax
holiday, income derived from India would be taxed up to a
maximum of the then existing annual tax rate which, as of
March 31, 2006, was 33.66%.
US and Indian transfer pricing regulations require that any
international transaction involving associated enterprises be at
an arms-length price. We consider the transactions among
our subsidiaries and us to be on arms-length pricing
terms. If, however, the applicable income tax authorities review
any of our tax returns and determine that the transfer prices we
have applied are not appropriate, we may incur increased tax
liability, including accrued interest and penalties, which would
cause our tax expense to increase, possibly materially, thereby
reducing our profitability and cash flows.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence involving
India or its neighboring countries could adversely affect our
operations, resulting in a loss of client confidence and
adversely affecting our business, results of operations,
financial condition and cash flows.
Terrorist attacks and other acts of violence or war involving
India or its neighboring countries, may adversely affect
worldwide financial markets and could potentially lead to
economic recession, which could adversely affect our business,
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. South
Asia has, from time to time, experienced instances of civil
unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries, including
India and Pakistan. In recent years, military confrontations
between India and Pakistan have occurred in the region of
Kashmir and along the India/ Pakistan border. There have also
been incidents in and near India such as a terrorist attack on
the Indian Parliament, troop mobilizations along the India/
Pakistan border and an aggravated geopolitical situation in the
region. Such military activity or terrorist attacks in the
future could influence the Indian economy by disrupting
communications and making travel more difficult. Resulting
political tensions could create a greater perception that
investments in Indian companies involve a high degree of risk.
Such political tensions could similarly create a perception that
there is a risk of disruption of services provided by
India-based companies, which could have a material adverse
effect on the market for our services.
19
Furthermore, if India were to become engaged in armed
hostilities, particularly hostilities that were protracted or
involved the threat or use of nuclear weapons, we might not be
able to continue our operations.
Restrictions on entry visas may affect our ability to
compete for and provide services to clients in the US, which
could have a material adverse effect on future revenue.
The vast majority of our employees are Indian nationals. The
ability of some of our executives to work with and meet our
European and North American clients and our clients from other
countries depends on the ability of our senior managers and
employees to obtain the necessary visas and entry permits. In
response to recent terrorist attacks and global unrest, US and
European immigration authorities have increased the level of
scrutiny in granting visas. Immigration laws in those countries
may also require us to meet certain other legal requirements as
a condition to obtaining or maintaining entry visas. These
restrictions have significantly lengthened the time requirements
to obtain visas for our personnel, which has in the past
resulted, and may continue to result, in delays in the ability
of our personnel to meet with our clients. In addition,
immigration laws are subject to legislative change and varying
standards of application and enforcement due to political
forces, economic conditions or other events, including terrorist
attacks. We cannot predict the political or economic events that
could affect immigration laws, or any restrictive impact those
events could have on obtaining or monitoring entry visas for our
personnel. If we are unable to obtain the necessary visas for
personnel who need to visit our clients sites, or if such
visas are delayed, we may not be able to provide services to our
clients or to continue to provide services on a timely basis,
which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
Currency fluctuations among the Indian rupee, the pound
sterling and the US dollar could have a material adverse effect
on our results of operations.
Although substantially all of our revenue is denominated in
pounds sterling or US dollars, a significant portion of our
expenses (other than payments to repair centers, which are
primarily denominated in pounds) are incurred and paid in Indian
rupees. We report our financial results in US dollars and our
results of operations would be adversely affected if the pound
sterling depreciates against the US dollar or the Indian rupee
appreciates against the US dollar. The exchange rates between
the Indian rupee and the US dollar and between the pound
sterling and the US dollar have changed substantially in recent
years and may fluctuate substantially in the future.
The average Indian rupee/ US dollar exchange rate in fiscal 2006
was approximately Rs.44.21 per $1.00 (based on the noon
buying rate), representing an appreciation of the Indian rupee
of 1.4% and 3.8% as compared with the average exchange rates in
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004. The average pound sterling/ US
dollar exchange rate in fiscal 2006 was approximately
£0.56 per $1.00 (based on the noon buying rate),
representing a depreciation of the pound sterling of 3.7% as
compared with the average exchange rates in fiscal 2005 and an
appreciation of the pound sterling of 5.1% as compared with the
average exchange rates in fiscal 2004. Our results of operations
may be adversely affected if the rupee appreciates significantly
against the pound sterling or the US dollar or the pound
sterling depreciates against the US dollar. In the future, we
may hedge our foreign currency exposure. We cannot assure you
that our hedging strategy will be successful.
If more stringent labor laws become applicable to us, our
profitability may be adversely affected.
India has stringent labor legislation that protects the
interests of workers, including legislation that sets forth
detailed procedures for dispute resolution and employee removal
and legislation that imposes financial obligations on employers
upon retrenchment. Though we are exempt from a number of these
labor laws at present, there can be no assurance that such laws
will not become applicable to the business process outsourcing
industry in India in the future. In addition, our employees may
in the future form unions. If these labor laws become applicable
to our workers or if our employees unionize, it may become
difficult for us to maintain flexible human resource policies,
discharge employees or downsize, and our profitability may be
adversely affected.
20
An outbreak of an infectious disease or any other serious
public health concerns in Asia or elsewhere could cause our
business to suffer.
The outbreak of an infectious disease in Asia or elsewhere could
have a negative impact on the economies, financial markets and
business activities in the countries in which our end markets
are located and could thereby have a material adverse effect on
our business. The outbreak of SARS in 2003 in Asia and the
outbreak of avian influenza, or bird flu, across Asia and
Europe, including the recent outbreak in India, have adversely
affected a number of countries and companies. Although we have
not been adversely impacted by these recent outbreaks, we can
give no assurance that a future outbreak of an infectious
disease among humans or animals will not have a material adverse
effect on our business.
Risks Related to this Offering
There is no prior public market for our shares or ADSs and
therefore we cannot assure you that an active trading market or
a specific ADS price will be established.
Currently, there is no public trading market for our shares or
ADSs. We have applied for our ADSs to be listed on the NYSE
under the symbol WNS. The initial public offering
price per ADS was determined by agreement among us, the selling
shareholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may
not be indicative of the market price of our ADSs after our
initial public offering. It is possible that an active trading
market will not develop and continue upon the completion of this
offering or that the market price of our ADSs will decline below
the initial public offering price.
Because the initial public offering price per ADS is
substantially higher than our book value per ADS, purchasers in
this offering will immediately experience a substantial dilution
in net tangible book value.
Purchasers of our ADSs will experience immediate and substantial
dilution in net tangible book value per ADS from the initial
public offering price per ADS. After giving effect to the sale
of 4,473,684 ADSs in this offering, after deducting underwriting
discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses payable
by us, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, our as
adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2006 would
have been $110.2 million, or $2.77 per ADS. This represents
an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $16.23 per
ADS to new investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. For a
calculation of the dilution purchasers in this offering will
incur, see Dilution.
Substantial future sales of our shares or ADSs in the
public market could cause our ADS price to fall.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will have
39,801,857 shares outstanding. Of these shares, the
11,202,708 shares represented by ADSs offered hereby will
be freely tradable without restriction in the public market.
Upon the completion of this offering, our existing shareholders
will own 28,599,149 shares, which will represent 71.9% of
our outstanding share capital. Immediately following the
completion of this offering, the holders of 34,662 shares
(directly or in the form of ADSs) will be entitled to dispose of
their shares or ADSs if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or
the Securities Act, and the holders of an additional
28,564,487 shares (directly or in the form of ADSs) will be
entitled to dispose of their shares or ADSs following the
expiration of an initial
180-day
lock-up period if they qualify for an exemption from
registration under the Securities Act.
The market price for our ADSs may be volatile.
The market price for our ADSs is likely to be highly volatile
and subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors
including the following:
|
|
|
announcements of technological developments; |
|
|
regulatory developments in our target markets affecting us, our
clients or our competitors; |
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating
results; |
|
|
changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts; |
21
|
|
|
changes in the economic performance or market valuations of
other companies engaged in business process outsourcing; |
|
|
addition or loss of executive officers or key employees; |
|
|
sales or expected sales of additional shares or ADSs; and |
|
|
loss of one or more significant clients. |
In addition, securities markets generally and from time to time
experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are
not related to the operating performance of particular
companies. These market fluctuations may also have a material
adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.
We will have broad discretion in how we use the proceeds
of this offering and we may not use these proceeds effectively.
This could affect our profitability and cause our ADS price to
decline.
Our management will have considerable discretion in the
application of the net proceeds of this offering, and you will
not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision,
to assess whether we are using the proceeds appropriately. We
currently intend to use the net proceeds for general corporate
purposes, including capital expenditures and working capital and
for possible acquisitions of businesses, products and
technologies. We have not yet finalized the amount of net
proceeds that we will use specifically for each of these
purposes. We may use the net proceeds for corporate purposes
that do not improve our profitability or increase our market
value, which could cause our ADS price to decline.
We may be classified as a passive foreign investment
company in our current taxable year, which could result in
adverse United States federal income tax consequences to
US Holders.
The application of the passive foreign investment
company, or PFIC, rules to the company in its current
taxable year is uncertain. A non-US corporation will be
considered a PFIC for any taxable year if either (1) under
the PFIC income test, at least 75% of its gross income is
passive income or (2) under the PFIC asset test, at least
50% of its assets (determined on the basis of a quarterly
average) is attributable to assets that produce or are held for
the production of passive income for such taxable year. However,
the application of the PFIC asset test to a corporation that is
a controlled foreign corporation, or a CFC (as
defined under the United States federal income tax law), for its
taxable year in which it becomes a publicly traded corporation
after its first quarter is not clear. Because we currently are a
CFC, the application of the PFIC asset test to us in our current
taxable year is uncertain.
Under the least favorable interpretation of the PFIC asset test,
it is possible that we could be a PFIC in respect of our current
taxable year, depending largely on how and to what extent we use
the offering proceeds during our current taxable year, although
this will not be determinable until the end of our current
taxable year. Under more favorable interpretations of the PFIC
assets test, we believe that we would not be a PFIC for our
current taxable year, regardless of how and when we use the
offering proceeds. It may be reasonable for US Holders (as
defined under Taxation US Federal Income
Taxation) to apply a more favorable interpretation of this
test for purposes of determining and reporting the
US federal income tax consequences of their investment in
the ADSs or ordinary shares, although these holders should
consult their own tax advisers regarding the reasonableness of
this position. US Holders also should note that the United
States Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, could seek to apply the
least favorable interpretation.
We will notify US Holders regarding whether we believe that
we would be a PFIC for our current taxable year under the least
favorable interpretation of the PFIC asset test (unless there is
IRS or other official guidance supporting a more favorable
interpretation) promptly after the end of our current taxable
year. If we are treated as a PFIC for any taxable year during
which a US Holder owns an ADS or an ordinary share, adverse
US federal income tax consequences could apply to that
holder. See Taxation US Federal Income
Taxation Passive Foreign Investment Company.
22
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements
that are based on our current expectations, assumptions,
estimates and projections about our company and our industry.
The forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and
uncertainties. Generally, these forward-looking statements can
be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as
anticipate, believe,
estimate, expect, intend,
will, project, seek,
should and similar expressions. Those statements
include, among other things, the discussions of our business
strategy and expectations concerning our market position, future
operations, margins, profitability, liquidity and capital
resources. We caution you that reliance on any forward-looking
statement involves risks and uncertainties, and that although we
believe that the assumptions on which our forward-looking
statements are based are reasonable, any of those assumptions
could prove to be inaccurate, and, as a result, the
forward-looking statements based on those assumptions could be
materially incorrect. These factors include but are not limited
to:
|
|
|
technological innovation; |
|
|
telecommunications or technology disruptions; |
|
|
future regulatory actions and conditions in our operating areas; |
|
|
our dependence on a limited number of clients in a limited
number of industries; |
|
|
our ability to attract and retain clients; |
|
|
our ability to expand our business or effectively manage growth; |
|
|
our ability to hire and retain enough sufficiently trained
employees to support our operations; |
|
|
negative public reaction in the US or the UK to offshore
outsourcing; |
|
|
regulatory, legislative and judicial developments; |
|
|
increasing competition in the business process outsourcing
industry; |
|
|
political or economic instability in India, Sri Lanka and Jersey; |
|
|
worldwide economic and business conditions; and |
|
|
our ability to successfully consummate strategic acquisitions. |
These and other factors are more fully discussed in Risk
Factors, Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and
elsewhere in this prospectus. In light of these and other
uncertainties, you should not conclude that we will necessarily
achieve any plans, objectives or projected financial results
referred to in any of the forward-looking statements. Except as
required by law, we do not undertake to release revisions of any
of these forward-looking statements to reflect future events or
circumstances.
23
USE OF PROCEEDS
Our net proceeds from the sale of 4,473,684 ADSs in this
offering will total approximately $73.9 million after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses which are payable by us and assuming an
initial public offering price of $19.00 per ADS, the midpoint of
the estimated range of the initial public offering price. A
$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering
price of $19.00 per ADS would increase (decrease) the net
proceeds to us from this offering by $4.2 million, after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming no
other change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general
corporate purposes, including capital expenditures and working
capital, and for possible acquisitions of businesses and
delivery platforms.
The amounts that we actually expend for working capital will
vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including
future revenue growth, if any, and the amount of cash that we
generate from operations. As a result, we will retain broad
discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds of this
offering. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds for the
acquisition of businesses or delivery platforms. We have no
current agreements or commitments for material acquisitions of
any businesses or delivery platforms. Pending their use, we
intend to invest our net proceeds in high-quality
interest-bearing investments.
The proceeds from this offering of ADSs to be sold by the
selling shareholders will be paid to those shareholders. We will
not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of those ADSs.
24
DIVIDENDS AND DIVIDEND POLICY
Subject to the provisions of the Companies (Jersey) Law, 1991,
or the 1991 Law, and our Articles of Association, we may by
ordinary resolution declare annual dividends to be paid to the
shareholders according to their respective rights and interests
in our profits available for distribution (our realized profits
less our realized losses). Any dividends we may declare must not
exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. Our
board may also declare and pay an interim dividend or dividends,
including a dividend payable at a fixed rate, if paying an
interim dividend or dividends appears to the board to be
justified by our profits available for distribution. See
Description of Share Capital. We can also declare
dividends (1) out of our realized revenue profits less our
revenue losses, whether realized or unrealized, if our directors
who are to authorize the distribution reasonably believe that
immediately after the distribution has been made, we will be
able to discharge our liabilities as they fall due and
(2) with the sanction of a special resolution in general
meeting, out of our unrealized profits less our losses, whether
realized or unrealized, if our directors who are to authorize
the distribution make a prior statement that, having made full
enquiry into our affairs and prospects, they have formed the
opinion that
|
|
(a) |
immediately following the date on which the distribution is
proposed to be made, we will be able to discharge our
liabilities as they fall due; and |
|
(b) |
having regard to our prospects and to the intentions of our
directors with respect to the management of our business and to
the amount and character of the financial resources that will in
their view be available to us, we will be able to continue to
carry on business and we will be able to discharge our
liabilities as they fall due until the expiry of the period of
one year immediately following the date on which the
distribution is proposed to be made or until we are dissolved
under Article 150 of the 1991 Law, whichever first occurs. |
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary
shares. Any future determination to pay cash dividends will be
at the discretion of our board of directors and will be
dependent upon our results of operations and cash flows, our
financial position and capital requirements, general business
conditions, legal, tax, regulatory and any contractual
restrictions on the payment of dividends and any other factors
our board of directors deems relevant at the time.
Subject to the deposit agreement, holders of ADSs will be
entitled to receive dividends paid on the ordinary shares
represented by such ADSs.
25
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of
March 31, 2006:
|
|
|
on an actual basis; and |
|
|
as adjusted to give effect to the sale by us of
4,473,684 ADSs in this offering at an assumed initial
public offering price of $19.00 per ADS, the midpoint of
the estimated range of the initial public offering price, after
deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, estimated
offering expenses payable by us, and further assuming no other
change to the number of ADSs sold by us as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus. |
The as adjusted information below is illustrative only and our
capitalization following the completion of this offering is
subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public
offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing. You should read this table in conjunction
with Use of Proceeds, Selected Historical
Consolidated and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the consolidated
financial statements and related notes that are included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of | |
|
|
March 31, 2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
|
Actual | |
|
As adjusted | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in | |
|
|
thousands, except share | |
|
|
and per share data) | |
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ordinary shares, $0.15 (10 pence) par value; Authorized:
40,000,000(1) shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding: 35,321,511 shares, actual, and
39,795,195 as
adjusted(2)
|
|
$ |
5,290 |
|
|
|
5,961 |
|
|
Additional paid-in-capital
|
|
|
62,228 |
|
|
|
136,032 |
(3)(4) |
|
Ordinary shares subscribed
|
|
|
10 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
4,104 |
|
|
|
4,104 |
|
Deferred share-based compensation
|
|
|
(582 |
) |
|
|
(582 |
) |
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
$ |
7,114 |
|
|
$ |
7,114 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$ |
78,164 |
|
|
$ |
152,639 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$ |
78,164 |
|
|
$ |
152,639 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
In May 2006, the authorized number of our ordinary shares was
increased to 50,000,000. |
|
|
(2) |
Excludes (i) 6,662 ordinary shares issued upon
exercise of options during the period April 1, 2006 to
June 30, 2006; (ii) 3,875,655 ordinary shares
issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and
90,121 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under
our Stock Incentive Plan as of June 30, 2006; and
(iii) 3,000,000 ordinary shares reserved for future
issuance under our 2006 Incentive Award Plan (including
537,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of
options to be granted effective upon the pricing of this
offering (of which 320,000 are to be issued to certain of our
directors and executive officers and 217,000 are to be issued to
other employees) and 224,750 restricted share units to be issued
effective upon the pricing of this offering (of which 160,000
are to be issued to certain of our directors and executive
officers and 64,750 are to be issued to other employees), each
under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan). See
Management Employee Benefit Plans
Stock Incentive Plan and Management
Employee Benefit Plans WNS 2006 Incentive Award
Plan. |
|
|
(3) |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $19.00 per ADS, would increase (decrease)
each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders
equity and total capitalization by $4.2 million. |
|
(4) |
Does not reflect the cost of directors and officers
insurance premiums of $0.6 million related to this offering. |
26
DILUTION
If you invest in our ADSs, your investment will be diluted to
the extent the initial public offering price per ADS exceeds the
net tangible book value per ADS immediately after this offering.
Our net tangible book value as of March 31, 2006 was
approximately $33.9 million, or $0.96 per ADS. Net
tangible book value per ADS represents the amount of our net
worth, or total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided
by the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of that date
(one ADS represents one ordinary share).
On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the issuance of
4,473,684 ADSs at an assumed initial public offering price
of $19.00 per ADS, and after deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated
offering expenses other than directors and officers
insurance premiums related to this offering (assuming that the
underwriters over-allotment option is not exercised), our
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of
March 31, 2006 would have been $110.2 million, or
$2.77 per ordinary share. This amount represents an
immediate increase of $1.81 per ADS to the existing
shareholders and an immediate dilution of $16.23 per ADS
issued to the new investors purchasing ADSs offered hereby at
the assumed public offering price. The following table
illustrates this per ADS dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per ADS
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
19.00 |
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS as of March 31,
2006(1)
|
|
$ |
1.01 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value attributable to
this offering per ADS
|
|
$ |
1.76 |
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per ADS after this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
2.77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per ADS to new
investors(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16.23 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1) |
Excludes $1.7 million of deferred offering costs at
March 31, 2006 which has been included in determining the
increase in pro forma net tangible book value attributable to
this offering. |
|
(2) |
If the underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in
full, the net tangible book value per ADS after this offering
would remain at $2.77 and dilution per ADS to new investors
would remain at $16.23. |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $19.00 per ADS would increase (decrease)
our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to
this offering by $4.2 million, the pro forma net tangible
book value per ADS after giving effect to this offering by
$0.11 per ADS and the dilution in pro forma net tangible
book value per ADS to new investors in this offering by
$0.89 per ADS, assuming no change to the number of shares
of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and other expenses of this offering. The pro forma
information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net
tangible book value following the completion of this offering is
subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public
offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing.
27
The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of
March 31, 2006 the differences between existing
shareholders and the new investors with respect to the number of
ADSs purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the
average price per ADS paid (before deducting the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated
offering expenses and assuming that the underwriters
over-allotment option is not exercised), assuming an initial
public offering price of $19.00 per ADS, the midpoint of
the estimated range of the initial public offering price. The
information in the following table is illustrative only and the
total consideration paid and average price per ADS is subject to
adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of
our ADS and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average | |
|
|
Shares Purchased | |
|
Total Consideration | |
|
Average | |
|
Price | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
Price Per | |
|
Per | |
|
|
Number | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Amount | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Share | |
|
ADS | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Existing shareholders
|
|
|
35,321,511 |
|
|
|
88.8 |
% |
|
$ |
65,092,819 |
|
|
|
43.4 |
% |
|
$ |
1.84 |
|
|
$ |
1.84 |
|
New investors
|
|
|
4,473,684 |
|
|
|
11.2 |
% |
|
$ |
84,999,996 |
|
|
|
56.6 |
% |
|
$ |
19.00 |
|
|
$ |
19.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
39,795,195 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
150,092,815 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
3.77 |
|
|
$ |
3.77 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public
offering price of $19.00 per ADS would increase (decrease)
total consideration paid by new investors, total consideration
paid by all shareholders and the average price per ADS paid by
all shareholders by $4.5 million, $4.5 million and
$0.11 assuming no change in the number of ADS sold by us as set
forth above and without deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and other expenses of this offering.
The foregoing tables do not include (i) 6,662 ordinary
shares issued upon exercise of options since March 31,
2006; (ii) 3,875,655 ordinary shares issuable upon
exercise of outstanding options and 90,121 ordinary shares
reserved for future issuance under our Stock Incentive Plan as
of June 30, 2006; and (iii) 3,000,000 ordinary
shares reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Incentive
Award Plan (including 537,000 ordinary shares issuable upon
the exercise of options to be granted effective upon the pricing
of this offering (of which 320,000 are to be issued to certain
of our directors and executive officers and 217,000 are to be
issued to other employees) and 224,750 restricted share
units to be issued effective upon the pricing of this offering
(of which 160,000 are to be issued to certain of our directors
and executive officers and 64,750 are to be issued to other
employees), each under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan). See
Management Employee Benefit Plans
Stock Incentive Plan and Management
Employee Benefit Plans WNS 2006 Incentive Award
Plan. If all of the shares referred to in (i) and
(ii) above had been issued on March 31, 2006, after
giving effect to this offering, our pro forma net tangible book
value would have been approximately $127.6 million, or
$2.92 per ADS, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible
book value to new investors would have been $16.08 per ADS.
In addition, the dilution to new investors will be
$16.08 per ADS if the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional ADSs in full.
28
EXCHANGE RATES
Substantially all of our revenue is denominated in pounds
sterling or US dollars and most of our expenses, other than
payments to repair centers, are incurred and paid in Indian
rupees. We report our financial results in US dollars. The
exchange rates among the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and
the US dollar have changed substantially in recent years and may
fluctuate substantially in the future. The results of our
operations are affected as the Indian rupee and the pound
sterling appreciate or depreciate against the US dollar and, as
a result, any such appreciation or depreciation will likely
affect the market price of our ADSs in the US.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
information concerning the exchange rates between Indian rupees
and US dollars based on the noon buying rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period End(1) | |
|
Average(1)(2) | |
|
High | |
|
Low | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Fiscal Year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 (through July 19, 2006)
|
|
|
Rs.46.81 |
|
|
|
Rs.45.45 |
|
|
|
Rs.46.81 |
|
|
|
Rs.44.39 |
|
|
2006
|
|
|
44.48 |
|
|
|
44.21 |
|
|
|
46.26 |
|
|
|
43.05 |
|
|
2005
|
|
|
43.62 |
|
|
|
44.86 |
|
|
|
46.45 |
|
|
|
43.27 |
|
|
2004
|
|
|
43.40 |
|
|
|
45.96 |
|
|
|
47.46 |
|
|
|
43.40 |
|
|
2003
|
|
|
47.53 |
|
|
|
48.43 |
|
|
|
49.07 |
|
|
|
47.53 |
|
|
2002
|
|
|
48.83 |
|
|
|
47.71 |
|
|
|
48.91 |
|
|
|
46.58 |
|
|
2001
|
|
|
46.85 |
|
|
|
45.74 |
|
|
|
47.47 |
|
|
|
43.63 |
|
Month:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 2006 (through July 19, 2006)
|
|
|
Rs.46.81 |
|
|
|
Rs.46.18 |
|
|
|
Rs.46.81 |
|
|
|
Rs.45.84 |
|
|
June 2006
|
|
|
45.87 |
|
|
|
45.89 |
|
|
|
46.25 |
|
|
|
45.50 |
|
|
May 2006
|
|
|
46.22 |
|
|
|
45.20 |
|
|
|
46.22 |
|
|
|
44.69 |
|
|
April 2006
|
|
|
44.86 |
|
|
|
44.82 |
|
|
|
45.09 |
|
|
|
44.39 |
|
|
March 2006
|
|
|
44.48 |
|
|
|
44.38 |
|
|
|
44.58 |
|
|
|
44.11 |
|
|
February 2006
|
|
|
44.21 |
|
|
|
44.23 |
|
|
|
44.54 |
|
|
|
44.10 |
|
|
January 2006
|
|
|
43.96 |
|
|
|
44.20 |
|
|
|
44.92 |
|
|
|
43.89 |
|
|
December 2005
|
|
|
44.95 |
|
|
|
45.56 |
|
|
|
46.26 |
|
|
|
44.94 |
|
|
November 2005
|
|
|
45.87 |
|
|
|
45.63 |
|
|
|
45.87 |
|
|
|
45.02 |
|
|
October 2005
|
|
|
45.09 |
|
|
|
44.76 |
|
|
|
45.11 |
|
|
|
44.00 |
|
|
September 2005
|
|
|
43.94 |
|
|
|
43.85 |
|
|
|
43.98 |
|
|
|
43.75 |
|
|
August 2005
|
|
|
44.00 |
|
|
|
43.55 |
|
|
|
44.00 |
|
|
|
43.36 |
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
The noon buying rate at each period end and the average rate for
each period may differ from the exchange rates used in the
preparation of financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
|
(2) |
Represents the average of the noon buying rate for all days
during the period. |
29
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated,
information concerning the exchange rates between the pound
sterling and US dollars based on the noon buying rate:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period End(1) |
|
Average(1)(2) |
|
High |
|
Low |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal Year:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 (through July 19, 2006)
|
|
|
GBP0.54 |
|
|
|
GBP0.55 |
|
|
|
GBP0.58 |
|
|
|
GBP0.53 |
|
|
2006
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.52 |
|
|
2005
|
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.51 |
|
|
2004
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
0.59 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
|
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
2003
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
|
|
0.65 |
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
|
|
0.61 |
|
|
2002
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
|
|
0.73 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
|
|
2001
|
|
|
0.70 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
|
|
|
0.71 |
|
|
|
0.63 |
|
Month:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 2006 (through July 19, 2006)
|
|
|
GBP0.54 |
|
|
|
GBP0.54 |
|
|
|
GBP0.55 |
|
|
|
GBP0.54 |
|
|
June 2006
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
|
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
May 2006
|
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
|
|
|
0.53 |
|
|
April 2006
|
|
|
0.55 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
|
|
March 2006
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
February 2006
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
January 2006
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
December 2005
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
November 2005
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
October 2005
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
September 2005
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.54 |
|
|
August 2005
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
|
0.56 |
|
|
|
0.57 |
|
|
|
0.55 |
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
The noon buying rate at each period end and the average rate for
each period may differ from the exchange rates used in the
preparation of financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. |
|
(2) |
Represents the average of the noon buying rate for all days
during the period. |
No representation is made that the Indian rupee or pound
sterling amounts have been, could have been or could be
converted into US dollars at such rates or any other rates.
The noon buying rates on July 19, 2006 were Rs.46.81 and
£0.54 per $1.00.
30
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED AND PRO FORMA
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following selected historical consolidated statement of
operations data presented below for fiscal 2006, 2005, 2004 and
2003, and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet
data as of March 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, have been derived
from our audited consolidated financial statements. Our
consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in
accordance with US GAAP. Our historical results do not
necessarily indicate our results expected for any future period.
The selected pro forma financial data is derived from the
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations has been prepared to
reflect our acquisition of the business of Trinity Partners in
November 2005 as if it occurred on April 1, 2005. The pro
forma financial information combines historical condensed
consolidated statements of operations of our company and Trinity
Partners. The pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations does not purport to represent our results of
operations for fiscal 2006 or any future period.
We were incorporated on February 18, 2002, and we did not
produce consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2002. Our
predecessor entity, World Network Services Pvt. Ltd., an Indian
corporation, prepared financial statements for fiscal 2002 in
accordance with Indian generally accepted accounting principles,
or Indian GAAP, which were presented in Indian rupees. We
represent that selected financial data for fiscal 2002 cannot be
prepared and presented below in accordance with US GAAP with a
US dollar reporting currency, on a comparable basis without
incurring unreasonable effort or expense.
You should read the following information in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Statement of Operations and the
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions, except share and per share data) | |
|
|
Unaudited | |
|
|
|
|
pro forma | |
|
|
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$ |
210.4 |
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
|
$ |
54.6 |
|
Cost of
revenue(1)
|
|
|
149.5 |
|
|
|
145.7 |
|
|
|
140.3 |
|
|
|
89.7 |
|
|
|
42.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
60.9 |
|
|
|
57.1 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
|
|
|
14.4 |
|
|
|
11.8 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SG&A(1)
|
|
|
40.7 |
|
|
|
36.3 |
|
|
|
24.9 |
|
|
|
18.8 |
|
|
|
10.9 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
2.0 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
1.4 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
(4.4 |
) |
|
|
(7.0 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
Other income, net
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
18.3 |
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
(4.7 |
) |
|
|
(6.8 |
) |
|
|
(0.7 |
) |
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
(1.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$ |
17.2 |
|
|
$ |
18.3 |
|
|
|
(5.8 |
) |
|
|
(6.7 |
) |
|
|
(1.7 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
|
$ |
0.56 |
|
|
$ |
(0.19 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.07 |
) |
|
Diluted
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
|
$ |
0.52 |
|
|
$ |
(0.19 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.22 |
) |
|
$ |
(0.07 |
) |
Weighted-average shares outstanding (basic)
|
|
|
34,230,296 |
|
|
|
32,874,299 |
|
|
|
30,969,658 |
|
|
|
30,795,888 |
|
|
|
26,243,833 |
|
Weighted-average shares outstanding (diluted)
|
|
|
36,385,763 |
|
|
|
35,029,766 |
|
|
|
30,969,658 |
|
|
|
30,795,888 |
|
|
|
26,243,833 |
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$ |
18.5 |
|
|
$ |
9.1 |
|
|
$ |
14.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
28.1 |
|
|
|
25.2 |
|
|
|
18.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
10.8 |
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
57.4 |
|
|
|
44.0 |
|
|
|
42.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deposits and deferred tax asset
|
|
|
4.3 |
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
1.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangible assets, net
|
|
|
42.5 |
|
|
|
26.7 |
|
|
|
27.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
30.6 |
|
|
|
24.7 |
|
|
|
15.3 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
134.8 |
|
|
|
98.0 |
|
|
|
86.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
53.5 |
|
|
|
54.8 |
|
|
|
39.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities non-current
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
0.8 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
78.2 |
|
|
|
43.0 |
|
|
|
46.7 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
|
134.8 |
|
|
|
98.0 |
|
|
|
86.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
The following tables set forth for the periods indicated
selected consolidated financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions, except percentages and | |
|
|
employee data) | |
Other Consolidated Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
|
$ |
54.6 |
|
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
13.5 |
% |
|
|
13.8 |
% |
|
|
21.6 |
% |
Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
(2.7 |
)% |
|
|
(6.7 |
)% |
|
|
(1.6 |
)% |
Other Unaudited Consolidated Financial and Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair
payments(2)
|
|
$ |
147.9 |
|
|
$ |
99.0 |
|
|
$ |
49.9 |
|
|
$ |
25.6 |
|
Gross profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments
|
|
|
38.6 |
% |
|
|
22.1 |
% |
|
|
28.9 |
% |
|
|
46.1 |
% |
Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue less repair
payments
|
|
|
13.4 |
% |
|
|
(4.4 |
)% |
|
|
(14.1 |
)% |
|
|
(3.6 |
)% |
Number of employees (at period end)
|
|
|
10,433 |
|
|
|
7,176 |
|
|
|
4,472 |
|
|
|
2,348 |
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
Includes the following share-based compensation amounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
|
|
Unaudited | |
|
|
|
|
pro forma | |
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
$ |
0.1 |
|
|
$ |
0.0 |
|
|
$ |
0.0 |
|
|
$ |
0.0 |
|
SG&A
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
1.8 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
32
|
|
(2) |
Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP measure. See the
explanation below, as well as Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Overview and notes to the
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP measure) to
revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP measure): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2003 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
|
$ |
54.6 |
|
Less: Payments to repair centers
|
|
$ |
54.9 |
|
|
$ |
63.2 |
|
|
$ |
54.2 |
|
|
$ |
29.0 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments
|
|
$ |
147.9 |
|
|
$ |
99.0 |
|
|
$ |
49.9 |
|
|
$ |
25.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have two reportable segments for financial statement
reporting purposes WNS Global BPO and WNS Auto
Claims BPO. In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, we provide
claims handling and accident management services, where we
arrange for automobile repairs through a network of repair
centers. In our accident management services, we act as the
principal in our dealings with the repair centers and our
clients. The amounts invoiced to our clients for payments made
by us to repair centers is reported as revenue. Since we wholly
subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we use revenue
less repair payments as a primary measure to allocate resources
and measure operating performance.
Revenue less repair payments is a non-GAAP measure. We believe
that the presentation of this non-GAAP measure in this
prospectus provides useful information for investors regarding
the financial performance of our business and our two reportable
segments. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Results by Reportable Segment. The presentation of this
non-GAAP information is not meant to be considered in isolation
or as a substitute for our financial results prepared in
accordance with US GAAP. Our revenue less repair payments may
not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
companies due to potential differences in the method of
calculation.
33
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations gives effect to our acquisition of Trinity Partners
on November 16, 2005, as if it had occurred on
April 1, 2005. Historical consolidated financial
information has been adjusted to give effect to pro forma events
that are (1) directly attributable to the acquisition,
(2) factually supportable and (3) expected to have a
continuing impact on the combined results.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations should be read in conjunction with our historical
unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and
accompanying notes for fiscal 2006 and of Trinity Partners for
the period April 1, 2005 to November 15, 2005, which
are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro
forma condensed combined statement of operations is not
necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have
occurred if the acquisition had been completed at the date
indicated.
Our acquisition of Trinity Partners has been accounted using the
purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, we have allocated
the total purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities
assumed based on our estimates of the fair value of such assets
and liabilities.
We expect to incur costs over the next year associated with
integrating the two businesses. The unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statement of operations do not reflect the
cost of any integration activities or benefits that may result
from synergies that may be derived from any integration
activities.
34
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS FOR
FISCAL 2006
(UNAUDITED)
(US dollars in millions, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical Trinity | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for the period from | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical WNS | |
|
April 1, 2005 to | |
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma | |
|
|
(Holdings) | |
|
November 15, | |
|
Pro forma | |
|
|
|
combined | |
|
|
for fiscal 2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
adjustments | |
|
Note | |
|
for fiscal 2006 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
7.6 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
210.4 |
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
145.7 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
57.1 |
|
|
|
3.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60.9 |
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SG&A
|
|
|
36.3 |
|
|
|
3.9 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
|
40.6 |
|
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
Other income, net
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.6 |
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
19.9 |
|
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
18.3 |
|
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(1.6 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
2.5 |
|
|
|
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$ |
18.3 |
|
|
$ |
(0.0 |
) |
|
$ |
(1.1 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic income per share
|
|
$ |
0.56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.50 |
|
Diluted income per share
|
|
$ |
0.52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
0.47 |
|
Weighted average shares outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
32,874,299 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
34,230,296 |
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
35,029,766 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.6 |
|
|
|
36,385,763 |
|
See accompanying notes.
35
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE PROFORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2006
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
1. |
Acquisition and Basis of Presentation |
On November 16, 2005, WNS (Holdings) Limited (WNS
Holdings) acquired the entire share capital of Trinity
Partners for a total consideration of $19.8 million including
$0.2 million of transaction costs. The purchase price was
calculated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
|
|
| |
Cash
|
|
$ |
6.8 |
|
Shares
|
|
|
12.8 |
|
Transaction costs
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total preliminary purchase price
|
|
$ |
19.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
The fair market value of shares issued reflects
2,107,901 shares of WNS Holdings issued to Trinity Partners
stockholders, valued at $6.06 per share, the fair market
value of WNS Holdingss ordinary shares at the time of the
acquisitions. Transaction costs include costs of legal,
accounting and tax advisors and other direct external costs.
Under purchase accounting, the total purchase price has been
allocated to Trinity Partners net tangible and
identifiable intangible assets based on their estimated fair
values at the date of the acquisition. The excess of the
purchase price over the net tangible and identifiable assets has
been recorded as goodwill. For pro forma purposes, WNS Holdings
has estimated the value of the client-related intangibles to be
$9.4 million (client contracts of $7.1 million and
client relationships of $2.3 million). The valuation of
client contract and client relationships was based on an income
based approach using projected cash flows and discounting it to
arrive at a present value. This asset is being amortized over
its estimated useful life of five years. The total purchase
price has been allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
|
|
| |
Goodwill
|
|
$ |
8.9 |
|
Client-related intangible assets
|
|
|
9.4 |
|
Net assets acquired and liabilities assumed
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price allocation
|
|
$ |
19.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
operations is presented for informational purposes only. The pro
forma information is not necessarily indicative of what the
results of operations actually would have been had the
acquisition been completed at the date indicated. In addition,
it does not purport to project the future operating results of
the combined company. The costs of the transaction incurred by
WNS Holdings are included in the purchase price and those
incurred by Trinity Partners have been expensed prior to the
acquisition.
|
|
2.1 |
There were no intercompany transactions between WNS Holdings and
Trinity Partners for the period of this pro forma condensed
combined statement of operations. |
|
2.2 |
The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not
necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had WNS
Holdings and Trinity Partners filed consolidated income tax
returns, in the relevant income tax jurisdictions, during the
period presented. |
36
WNS (HOLDINGS) LIMITED
NOTES TO THE PROFORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF
OPERATIONS FOR FISCAL 2006
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
2.3 |
WNS Holdings granted 104,716 shares to certain selling
shareholders of Trinity Partners in connection with their
employment contracts. The fair value of such shares amounting to
approximately $0.6 million will be recognized as compensation
expense over the one year period of the employment contract. The
pro forma adjustment reflects the amortization of compensation
expense for the period from April 1, 2005 to
November 15, 2005 amounting to $0.4 million. For the period
from November 16, 2005 to March 31, 2006, the
amortization expense is included in the historical statement of
operations of WNS Holdings. |
|
2.4 |
Reflects the amortization of the client-related intangible
assets for the period from April 1, 2005 to
November 15, 2005 amounting to $1.2 million. For the period
from November 16, 2005 to March 31, 2006, the
amortization is included in the historical statement of
operations of WNS Holdings. |
|
2.5 |
The allocation of purchase price included a deferred tax
liability related to the difference between the book and tax
basis of the intangible assets. Pro forma adjustment reflects
the change in such deferred tax liability due to the
amortization of the intangible assets. |
|
2.6 |
The basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
include 2,107,901 shares issued related to the acquisition
of Trinity Partners as if such shares had been issued on
April 1, 2005. |
37
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion in conjunction with
Selected Historical Consolidated and Pro Forma Financial
and Operating Data and our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. Some of the statements in the following discussion
are forward-looking statements. See Special
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.
Overview
We are a leading provider of offshore business process
outsourcing, or BPO, services. We provide comprehensive data,
voice and analytical services to our clients, which are
typically companies located in Europe and North America. As of
March 31, 2006, we had 10,433 employees across our nine
delivery centers. According to NASSCOM, we were among the top
two India-based offshore business process outsourcing companies
in terms of revenue in 2004, 2005 and 2006.
Although we typically enter into long-term contractual
arrangements with our clients, these contracts can usually be
terminated with or without cause by our clients and often with
short notice periods. Nevertheless, our client relationships
tend to be long-term in nature given the scale and complexity of
the services we provide coupled with risks and costs associated
with switching processes in-house or to other service providers.
We structure each contract to meet our clients specific
business requirements and our target rate of return over the
life of the contract. In addition, since the sales cycle for
offshore business process outsourcing is long and complex, it is
often difficult to predict the timing of new client engagements.
As a result, we may experience fluctuations in growth rates and
profitability from quarter to quarter, depending on the timing
and nature of new contracts. Our focus, however, is on deepening
our client relationships and maximizing shareholder value over
the life of a clients relationship with us.
Our revenue is generated primarily from providing business
process outsourcing services. We have two reportable segments
for financial statement reporting purposes WNS
Global BPO and WNS Auto Claims BPO. In our WNS Auto Claims BPO
segment we provide claims handling and accident management
services, where we arrange for automobile repairs through a
network of third party repair centers. In our accident
management services, we act as the principal in our dealings
with the third party repair centers and our clients. The amounts
we invoice to our clients for payments made by us to third party
repair centers is reported as revenue. Since we wholly
subcontract the repairs to the repair centers, we evaluate our
financial performance based on revenue net of payments to third
party repair centers which is a non-GAAP measure. We believe
that revenue less repair payments reflects more accurately the
value addition of the business process services that we directly
provide to our clients. See Results by
Reportable Segment. The presentation of this non-GAAP
information is not meant to be considered in isolation or as a
substitute for our financial results prepared in accordance with
US GAAP. Our revenue less repair payments may not be comparable
to similarly titled measures reported by other companies due to
potential differences in the method of calculation.
Between fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2006, our revenue grew from
$54.6 million to $202.8 million, representing a
compound annual growth rate of 54.9%, and our revenue less
repair payments grew from $25.6 million to
$147.9 million, representing a compound annual growth rate
of 79.4%. During this period, we grew both organically and
through acquisitions.
The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP measure) to
revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP measure):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
202.8 |
|
|
$ |
162.2 |
|
|
$ |
104.1 |
|
Less: Payments to repair centers
|
|
$ |
54.9 |
|
|
$ |
63.2 |
|
|
$ |
54.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments
|
|
$ |
147.9 |
|
|
$ |
99.0 |
|
|
$ |
49.9 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
Our History and Milestones
We began operations as an in-house unit of British Airways in
1996, and became a focused third-party business process
outsourcing service provider in fiscal 2003. The following are
the key milestones in our operating history since Warburg Pincus
acquired a controlling stake in our company from British Airways
in May 2002 and inducted a new senior management team:
|
|
|
In fiscal 2003, we acquired Town & Country Assistance
Limited (which we subsequently rebranded as WNS Assistance and
which constitutes our reportable segment for financial statement
purposes, called WNS Auto Claims BPO), a UK-based automobile
claims handling company, thereby extending our service portfolio
beyond the travel industry to include insurance-based automobile
claims processing; |
|
|
In fiscal 2003, we invested in capabilities to begin providing
enterprise services and knowledge services to address the
requirements of emerging industry segments in the offshore
outsourcing context; |
|
|
In fiscal 2003 and 2004, we invested in our infrastructure to
expand our service portfolio from data-oriented processing to
include complex voice and blended data/voice service
capabilities, and commenced offering comprehensive processes in
the travel and banking, financial services and insurance, or
BFSI, industries; |
|
|
In fiscal 2004, we acquired the health claims management
business of Greensnow Inc.; |
|
|
In fiscal 2005, we opened facilities in Gurgaon, India and
Colombo, Sri Lanka, thereby expanding our operating footprint to
nine delivery centers across India, Sri Lanka and the
UK; and |
|
|
In fiscal 2006, we acquired Trinity Partners, a provider of
business process outsourcing services to financial institutions,
focusing on mortgage banking. |
As a result of these acquisitions and other corporate
developments, our financial results in corresponding periods may
not be directly comparable. Since fiscal 2003, the primary
driver of our revenue growth has been organic business
development, supplemented to a lesser extent by strategic
acquisitions.
Revenue
We generate revenue by providing business process outsourcing
services to our clients. In fiscal 2006, our revenue was
$202.8 million as compared to $162.2 million in fiscal
2005, representing an increase of 25.1%. In fiscal 2006, our
revenue less repair payments was $147.9 million as compared
to $99.0 million in fiscal 2005, representing an increase
of 49.4%.
We believe that we have been successful in achieving strong
revenue growth due to a number of factors, including our
understanding of our clients industries, our focus on
operational excellence and our world-class management team with
significant experience in the global outsourcing industry. We
have been successful in building a large client base that is
diversified across industries and geographies. Our client base
grew from 14 clients in May 2002 to more than
125 significant clients as of March 31, 2006 (for our
definition of significant clients, see
Business Clients). During fiscal 2006
and fiscal 2005, we added 47 and 46 significant clients,
respectively.
Our revenue is characterized by client, industry and geographic
diversity, as the analysis below indicates.
Revenue by Top Clients
Since the time of the Warburg Pincus investment in our company,
we have increased our client base and significantly reduced our
client concentration. Prior to this investment, our largest
client contributed over 90% of our revenue. In comparison,
during fiscal 2006, our largest client contributed 13.1% of our
revenue and 17.9% of our revenue less repair payments.
39
The following table sets forth the percentage of revenue and
revenue less repair payments that we derived from our largest
clients for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue Less Repair | |
|
|
Revenue | |
|
Payments | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Top five clients
|
|
|
41.0 |
% |
|
|
40.1 |
% |
|
|
44.8 |
% |
|
|
52.8 |
% |
|
|
56.4 |
% |
|
|
56.2 |
% |
Top ten clients
|
|
|
58.5 |
% |
|
|
61.4 |
% |
|
|
61.9 |
% |
|
|
65.5 |
% |
|
|
68.8 |
% |
|
|
67.2 |
% |
Top 20 clients
|
|
|
73.0 |
% |
|
|
76.1 |
% |
|
|
73.5 |
% |
|
|
78.1 |
% |
|
|
82.3 |
% |
|
|
80.5 |
% |
During fiscal 2006, we had one client that contributed more
than 10% of our revenue. During the same period, we had two
clients that individually contributed more than 10% of our
revenue less repair payments: AVIVA and Travelocity. These two
clients collectively contributed 31.3% of our revenue less
repair payments during fiscal 2006.
Revenue by Industry
For financial statement reporting purposes, we aggregate several
of our operating segments, except for WNS Auto Claims BPO (which
we market under the WNS Assistance brand) as it does not meet
the aggregation criteria under GAAP. See
Results by Reportable Segment.
To achieve in-depth domain expertise and provide
industry-specific services to our clients, we organize our
business delivery along industry-focused business units. These
business units seek to leverage our domain expertise to deliver
industry-specific services to our clients. Accordingly, our
industry-focused business units are:
|
|
|
travel; |
|
|
BFSI (which includes our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment); and |
|
|
emerging businesses (which includes manufacturing, logistics,
retail, utilities and professional services). |
In May 2002, when Warburg Pincus acquired a majority stake in
our business, we were primarily providing business process
outsourcing services to airlines. Since then we have expanded
our service portfolio across the travel industry and have also
established significant operations in BFSI and other industries,
which we include in our emerging businesses business unit. Our
revenue and revenue less repair payments are diversified along
these business units in the proportions and for the periods set
forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue | |
|
Revenue Less Repair Payments | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Business units |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Travel
|
|
|
30.9 |
% |
|
|
28.9 |
% |
|
|
26.4 |
% |
|
|
42.3 |
% |
|
|
47.3 |
% |
|
|
55.2 |
% |
BFSI
|
|
|
55.6 |
% |
|
|
61.4 |
% |
|
|
66.3 |
% |
|
|
39.1 |
% |
|
|
36.8 |
% |
|
|
29.6 |
% |
Emerging businesses
|
|
|
13.5 |
% |
|
|
9.7 |
% |
|
|
7.3 |
% |
|
|
18.6 |
% |
|
|
15.9 |
% |
|
|
15.2 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue by Geography
The majority of our clients are located in Europe (primarily the
UK) and North America (primarily the US). Since the time of the
Warburg Pincus investment in our company in fiscal 2003, we have
invested in establishing a sales and marketing presence in North
America, which has resulted in an increasing proportion of our
revenue coming from North America. The share of our revenue from
North America has grown to 24.2% in fiscal 2006 from 9.8% in
fiscal 2004, and from zero in fiscal 2002. The share of our
revenue less repair payments from North America has grown to
33.2% in fiscal 2006 from 20.5% in fiscal 2004. We expect this
trend to continue on a revenue less repair payments basis in the
future.
40
The following table sets forth the composition of our revenue
and revenue less repair payments based on the location of our
clients in our key geographies for the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue | |
|
Revenue Less Repair Payments | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Locations |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
UK
|
|
|
62.6 |
% |
|
|
65.1 |
% |
|
|
72.1 |
% |
|
|
49.6 |
% |
|
|
51.6 |
% |
|
|
60.7 |
% |
Europe (excluding the UK)
|
|
|
12.5 |
% |
|
|
17.1 |
% |
|
|
17.4 |
% |
|
|
16.3 |
% |
|
|
19.2 |
% |
|
|
17.4 |
% |
North America (primarily the US)
|
|
|
24.2 |
% |
|
|
17.3 |
% |
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
33.2 |
% |
|
|
28.3 |
% |
|
|
20.5 |
% |
Rest of World
|
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
|
|
0.7 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Contracts
We provide our services under contracts with our clients, the
majority of which have terms ranging between three and five
years, with some being rolling contracts with no end dates.
Typically, these contracts can be terminated by our clients with
or without cause and with notice periods ranging from three to
six months. However, we tend to have long-term relationships
with our clients given the complex and comprehensive nature of
the business processes executed by us, coupled with the
switching costs and risks associated with relocating these
processes in-house or to other service providers.
Each client contract has different terms and conditions based on
the scope of services to be delivered and the requirements of
that client. Occasionally, we may incur significant costs on
certain contracts in the early stages of implementation, with
the expectation that these costs will be recouped over the life
of the contract to achieve our targeted returns. Each client
contract has corresponding service level agreements that define
certain operational metrics based on which our performance is
measured. Some of our contracts specify penalties or damages
payable by us in the event of failure to meet certain key
service level standards within an agreed upon time frame.
When we are engaged by a client, we typically transfer that
clients processes to our delivery centers over a two to
six month period. This transfer process is subject to a number
of potential delays. Therefore, we may not recognize significant
revenue until several months after commencing a client
engagement.
In the WNS Global BPO segment, we charge for our services
primarily based on three pricing models per
full-time-equivalent; per transaction; or cost-plus
as follows:
|
|
|
per full-time equivalent arrangements typically involve billings
based on the number of full-time employees (or equivalent)
deployed on the execution of the business process outsourced; |
|
|
per transaction arrangements typically involve billings based on
the number of transactions processed (such as the number of
e-mail responses, or
airline coupons or insurance claims processed); and |
|
|
cost-plus arrangements typically involve billing the
contractually agreed direct and indirect costs and a fee based
on the number of employees deployed under the arrangement. |
Our contract with one of our major clients, British Airways,
expires in March 2007. See Risk Factors Risks
Related to Our Business A few major clients account
for a significant portion of our revenue and any loss of
business from these clients could reduce our revenue and
significantly harm our business. In May 2006, we entered
into a non-binding letter of intent with British Airways to
extend the term of this contract to May 2012. The letter of
intent also contemplates that the basis for pricing for a
portion of this contract will change over a transition period
from a per full-time equivalent basis to a per
unit transaction price basis. This change could have the
effect of reducing the amount of revenue that we receive under
this contract for the same level of services. The change to a
per unit transaction price basis could also allow us
to share benefits from increases in efficiency in performing
services under this contract.
41
These changes to the British Airways contract are subject to
British Airways and us negotiating and entering into a
definitive contract. If we fail to enter into a definitive
contract, these changes will not take effect and the existing
agreement will expire in March 2007. In addition, our client
AVIVA has options which, if exercised, would require us to
transfer the relevant project and operations to this client. See
Risk Factors Risks Related to Our
Business We may lose some or all of the revenue
generated by one of our major clients.
A small part of our revenue is comprised of reimbursements of
out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by us in providing services to our clients.
In our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, we earn revenue from claims
handling and accident management services. For claims handling,
we charge on a per claim basis or a fixed fee per vehicle over a
contract period. For automobile accident management services,
where we arrange for the repairs through a network of repair
centers that we have established, we invoice the client for the
amount of the repair. When we direct a vehicle to a specific
repair center, we receive a referral fee from that repair center.
Overall, we believe that we have established a sustainable
business model which offers revenue visibility over a
substantial portion of our business. We have done so by:
|
|
|
developing a broad client base which has resulted in limited
reliance on any particular client; |
|
|
seeking to balance our revenue base by targeting industries that
offer significant offshore outsourcing potential; |
|
|
addressing the largest markets for offshore business process
outsourcing services, which provide geographic diversity across
our client base; and |
|
|
focusing our service mix on diverse data, voice and analytical
processes, resulting in enhanced client retention. |
Expenses
The majority of our expenses is comprised of cost of revenue and
operating expenses. The key components of our cost of revenue
are payments to repair centers, employee costs and
infrastructure-related costs. Our operating expenses include
SG&A and amortization of intangible assets. Our
non-operating expenses include interest expenses, other income
and other expenses.
Cost of Revenue
Our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment includes automobile accident
management services, where we arrange for repairs through a
network of repair centers. The payments to repair centers
represent the largest component of cost of revenue. The value of
these payments in any given period is primarily driven by the
volume of accidents and the amount of the repair costs related
to such accidents.
Our next most significant component of cost of revenue is
employee costs. In addition to employee salaries, employee costs
include costs related to recruitment, training and retention.
Historically, our employee costs have increased primarily due to
increases in number of employees to support our growth and, to a
lesser extent, to recruit, train and retain employees. Salary
levels in India and our ability to efficiently manage and retain
our employees significantly influence our cost of revenue. See
Business Human Capital. We expect our
employee costs to increase as we continue to increase our
headcount to service additional business and as wages continue
to increase in India. See Risk Factors Risks
Related to Our Business Wage increases in India may
prevent us from sustaining our competitive advantage and may
reduce our profit margin. We seek to mitigate these cost
increases through improvements in employee productivity,
employee retention and asset utilization.
Our infrastructure costs are comprised of depreciation, lease
rentals, facilities management and telecommunication network
cost. Most of our leases for our facilities are long-term
agreements and have escalation clauses which provide for
increases in rent at periodic intervals commencing between three
and five years from the start of the lease. Most of these
agreements have clauses that cap escalation of lease rentals.
42
We create capacity in our operational infrastructure ahead of
anticipated demand as it takes six to nine months to build up a
new site. Hence, our cost of revenue as a percentage of revenue
may be higher during periods in which we carry such additional
capacity.
Once we are engaged by a client in a new contract, we normally
have a transition period to transfer the clients processes
to our delivery centers and accordingly incur costs related to
such transfer. Therefore, our cost of revenue in relation to our
revenue may be higher until the transfer phase is completed,
which may last for two to six months.
We entered into a particular contract with a new major client in
January 2004 for the outsourcing of their back-office and
contact center operations, in which we were required to bear the
cost of the clients resources located in North America
that were used by us to provide the business process outsourcing
services during a transfer period of approximately one year. The
payments for such client resources decreased over the transfer
period, which was substantially completed by December 2004. The
payment for use of these resources amounted to
$19.2 million and $7.7 million during fiscal 2005 and
2004, respectively. These costs were a significant component of
our cost of revenue during fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004.
SG&A Expenses
Our SG&A expenses are primarily comprised of corporate
employee costs for sales and marketing, general and
administrative and other support personnel, travel expenses,
legal and professional fees, stock-based compensation expense,
brand building expenses, and other general expenses not related
to cost of revenue.
SG&A expenses as a proportion of revenue were 17.9% for
fiscal 2006 as compared with 15.3% for fiscal 2005. SG&A
expenses as a proportion of revenue less repair payments were
24.6% for fiscal 2006 as compared with 25.1% for fiscal 2005. We
expect SG&A expenses as a proportion of revenue less repair
payments to continue to decline over the next few years.
We expect our corporate employee costs for general and
administrative and other support personnel to increase in fiscal
2007 but at a lower rate than the increase in our revenue less
repair payments.
We expect the employee costs associated with sales and marketing
and related travel costs to increase in fiscal 2007. See
Business Business Strategy Enhance
awareness of the WNS brand name. Our sales team is
compensated based on achievement of business targets set at the
beginning of each fiscal year. Accordingly, we expect this
variable component of the sales team costs to increase in line
with overall business growth.
We also expect our insurance costs, compliance costs,
professional fees and expenses incurred to expand investor
relations activities to increase after we become a public
company. We estimate the collective cost of these items to
incrementally increase by approximately $2.5 million for
fiscal 2007.
We currently account for stock-based compensation expense under
the intrinsic value method, rather than the fair value method.
However, had compensation cost been accounted for using the fair
value method described in the Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards, or SFAS, No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation, our net income (loss) would
have been the pro forma amounts of approximately
$18.6 million, $(6.8) million and $(7.3) million
in fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. See Note 2 of
notes to our audited consolidated financial statements. We are
required to adopt prospectively SFAS No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payment, which will require us to
record an expense relating to options issued or modified after
April 1, 2006. This change in the standard will adversely
affect our operating results in the future as and when we make
new grants or modify existing grants.
43
During fiscal 2006, our company issued stock options with
exercise prices as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted | |
|
average fair | |
|
Weighted average | |
|
|
No of options | |
|
average | |
|
value | |
|
intrinsic value | |
Grants made during the quarter ended |
|
granted | |
|
exercise price | |
|
per share | |
|
per share | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
June 30, 2005
|
|
|
160,500 |
|
|
$ |
5.44 |
|
|
$ |
5.65 |
|
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
September 30, 2005
|
|
|
828,100 |
|
|
|
6.27 |
|
|
|
6.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2005
|
|
|
45,479 |
|
|
|
6.07 |
|
|
|
6.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2006
|
|
|
447,400 |
|
|
|
11.72 |
|
|
|
11.99 |
|
|
|
0.27 |
|
The intrinsic value method is being recognized as compensation
expense over the vesting period of those options.
We apply a methodology that considers a set of factors to
determine the fair value of our shares at the time we grant
stock options to our employees. Because we are a private company
and have been in a growth phase, such methodology considers a
range of factors that we believe impact the value of our shares.
If available, we consider recent sales of stock to third parties
to be a strong form of evidence of the fair value of our shares.
In the absence of contemporaneous third party sales of stock, we
believe that historical and projected revenue provide a reliable
and relevant measure to determine the fair value of our company
as a whole, which is then used to compute the per share fair
value. Other factors considered in determining fair value
include:
|
|
|
Achievement of major company milestones, such as key new client
wins and acquisitions; |
|
|
Public company comparables and private market transactions for
sale of equity; |
|
|
The absence of a public trading market for our shares; |
|
|
Our recent operating results at the time of a grant; |
|
|
The fact that we are majority owned by a single shareholder; and |
|
|
The likelihood of our company selling our shares to the public
in the future. |
Our company has consistently applied a valuation methodology on
a contemporaneous basis. Our valuation did not change
significantly during the quarters ended June 30, 2005 and
September 30, 2005, as there were no significant milestones
beyond our last significant milestone of having completed the
migration of a significant contract in February 2005.
On November 16, 2005, we completed our acquisition of
Trinity and began to integrate its operations into WNS. We also
had client wins in December 2005 that revised our projected
revenues. We estimated the fair value of our ordinary shares at
December 31, 2005 to be $9.50 to take into consideration these
factors as well as the appointment of advisors in preparation
for an initial public offering. We used the fair value of our
ordinary shares at December 31, 2005 to determine the
intrinsic value of 35,000 options granted in early January 2006.
In February 2006, we granted 412,400 options with an
exercise price of $12.20. We determined the fair value of our
ordinary shares in February 2006 to be $12.20 taking into
consideration the new client wins in January and
February 2006, substantial progress with respect to the
Trinity integration and the commencement of diligence and other
preparations for an initial public offering.
Amortization of Intangible Assets
Amortization of intangible assets is associated with our
acquisitions of Town & Country Assistance Limited in July
2002, Greensnow Inc.s health claims management business in
September 2003 and Trinity Partners in November 2005.
44
Non-Operating Income (Expense), Net
Non-operating income (expense), net is comprised of interest
expenses, other expenses and other income. Other expenses and
other income include interest income and foreign exchange gains
or losses. Interest expense primarily relates to interest
charges arising from short-term note payable.
Foreign Exchange
Exchange Rates
Although a substantial portion of our revenue and revenue less
repair payments is denominated in pounds sterling (70.2% and
59.1%, respectively, in fiscal 2006 and 77.4% and 62.9%,
respectively, in fiscal 2005) and US dollars (24.4% and
33.4%, respectively, in fiscal 2006 and 17.7% and 28.9%,
respectively, in fiscal 2005), most of our expenses (net of
payments to repair centers) (77.5% in fiscal 2006 and 80.0% in
fiscal 2005) are incurred and paid in Indian rupees. The
exchange rates between the Indian rupee and the US dollar and
between the pound sterling and the US dollar have changed
substantially in recent years and may fluctuate substantially in
the future. We report our financial results in US dollars and
our results of operations may be adversely affected if the pound
sterling depreciates against the US dollar or the Indian rupee
appreciates against the US dollar. See
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About
Market Risk Components of Market Risk
Exchange Rate Risk.
In addition, we also carry current assets and current
liabilities such as accounts receivable and accounts payable in
foreign currencies on our balance sheet. The translation of such
balance sheet accounts denominated in foreign currencies into US
dollars (which is our reporting currency) is at the rate in
effect at the balance sheet date. Adjustments resulting from the
translation of our financial statements from functional currency
to reporting currency are accumulated and reported as other
comprehensive income (loss), which is a separate component of
shareholders equity. Foreign currency transaction gains
and losses are recorded as other income or expense.
Currency Regulation
Our Indian subsidiary, WNS Global Services Pvt Ltd., is
registered as an exporter of business process outsourcing
services with the Software Technology Parks of India, or STPI.
According to the prevailing foreign exchange regulations in
India, an exporter of business process outsourcing services
registered with the STPI is required to receive its export
proceeds in India within a period of 12 months from the
date of such exports in order to avail itself of the tax and
other benefits associated with STPI status. Units which are not
registered with STPI are required to receive these proceeds
within six months. In the event that such a registered exporter
has received any advance against exports in foreign exchange
from its overseas customers, it is required to render the
requisite services so that such advances are earned within a
period of 12 months from the date of such receipt. If WNS
Global Services Pvt. Ltd. does not meet these conditions, it
will be required to obtain permission from the Reserve Bank of
India to receive and realize such foreign currency earnings.
A majority of the payments we receive from our clients are
denominated in pounds sterling, US dollars and Euros. For most
of our clients, our operating subsidiaries in the UK and the US
enter into contractual agreements directly with our clients for
the provision of business process outsourcing services by WNS
Global Services Pvt. Ltd. WNS Global Services Pvt. Ltd. holds
the foreign currency it receives in an export earners foreign
currency account. All foreign exchange requirements, such as for
the import of capital goods, expenses incurred during overseas
travel by employees and discharge of foreign exchange expenses
or liabilities, can be met using the foreign currency in the
export earners foreign currency account in India. As and when
funds are required by us, the funds in the export earners
foreign currency account may be transferred to an ordinary
rupee- denominated account in India.
There are currently no Jersey, UK or US foreign exchange control
restrictions on the payment of dividends on our ordinary shares
or on the conduct of our operations.
45
Income Taxes
We operate in multiple tax jurisdictions including India, the UK
and the US. As a result, our effective tax rate will change from
year to year based on recurring factors such as the geographical
mix of income before taxes, state and local taxes, the ratio of
permanent items to pretax book income and the implementation of
various global tax strategies, as well as non-recurring events.
Our Indian operations are eligible to claim income tax exemption
with respect to profits earned from export revenue by various
delivery centers registered with STPI. This benefit is available
from the date of commencement of operations to March 31,
2009, subject to a maximum of ten years. We had six such
delivery centers in India in fiscal 2006 and five in fiscal
2005. The tax benefits of these delivery centers expire in
stages from April 1, 2006 to March 31, 2009.
As a result of the tax benefits described above, our income
derived from our business process outsourcing service operations
are not subject to corporate tax in India. The additional income
tax expense we would otherwise have had to pay at the statutory
rate in India, if the tax exemption was not available, would
have been approximately $4.7 million for fiscal 2006,
$0.8 million for fiscal 2005 and nil for fiscal 2004. When
our tax holiday expires or is withdrawn by Indian tax
authorities, our tax expense will materially increase. In the
absence of a tax holiday, income derived from India would be
taxed up to a maximum of the then existing annual tax rate
which, as of March 31, 2006, was 33.66%.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth certain financial information as
a percentage of revenue and revenue less repair payments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue |
|
Revenue Less Repair Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
|
Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited |
|
Unaudited |
|
Unaudited |
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
71.9 |
% |
|
|
86.5 |
% |
|
|
86.2 |
% |
|
|
61.4 |
% |
|
|
77.9 |
% |
|
|
71.1 |
% |
Gross profit
|
|
|
28.1 |
% |
|
|
13.5 |
% |
|
|
13.8 |
% |
|
|
38.6 |
% |
|
|
22.1 |
% |
|
|
28.9 |
% |
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SG&A
|
|
|
17.9 |
% |
|
|
15.3 |
% |
|
|
18.1 |
% |
|
|
24.6 |
% |
|
|
25.1 |
% |
|
|
37.7 |
% |
|
Amortization of intangible assets
|
|
|
0.4 |
% |
|
|
0.9 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
1.4 |
% |
|
|
5.2 |
% |
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
9.8 |
% |
|
|
(2.7 |
)% |
|
|
(6.7 |
)% |
|
|
13.4 |
% |
|
|
(4.4 |
)% |
|
|
(14.1 |
)% |
Non-operating income (expense), net
|
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
(0.2 |
)% |
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
|
|
(0.3 |
)% |
|
|
0.5 |
% |
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(0.8 |
)% |
|
|
(0.7 |
)% |
|
|
(0.0 |
)% |
|
|
(1.1 |
)% |
|
|
(1.1 |
)% |
|
|
(0.1 |
)% |
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
9.0 |
% |
|
|
(3.6 |
)% |
|
|
(6.5 |
)% |
|
|
12.3 |
% |
|
|
(5.8 |
)% |
|
|
(13.5 |
)% |
The following table reconciles revenue less repair payments to
revenue across our business:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
2006 |
|
2005 |
|
2004 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
100.0 |
% |
Less: Payments to repair centers
|
|
|
27.1 |
% |
|
|
39.0 |
% |
|
|
52.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments
|
|
|
72.9 |
% |
|
|
61.0 |
% |
|
|
47.9 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2006 Compared to Fiscal 2005
Revenue. Revenue in fiscal 2006 was $202.8 million,
an increase of 25.1% over revenue of $162.2 million in
fiscal 2005. This increase in revenue of $40.6 million was
primarily attributable to an increase in revenue from existing
clients of $30.4 million on account of an expansion of the
number of processes that we executed for these clients and an
increase in volumes for the existing processes. The increase in
revenue from new clients was $10.2 million, including an
increase of $6.0 million attributable to the acquisition of
Trinity Partners during the fiscal year. We also experienced a
higher percentage growth in revenue from North American clients
due to our increased investment in our salesforce in North
America. Revenue from the UK, Europe
46
(excluding the UK) and North America (primarily the US)
accounted for $126.9 million, $25.4 million and
$49.1 million, respectively, of our revenue for fiscal
2006, representing increase (decrease) of 20.2%, (8.3)% and
75.5%, respectively, from fiscal 2005.
Revenue Less Repair Payments. Revenue less repair
payments in fiscal 2006 was $147.9 million, an increase of
49.4% over our revenue less repair payments of
$99.0 million in fiscal 2005. This increase in revenue less
repair payments of $48.9 million was primarily attributable
to an increase in revenue less repair payments from existing
clients of $39.2 million on account of an expansion of the
number of processes that we executed for these clients and an
increase in volumes for the existing processes. The increase in
revenue less repair payments from new clients was
$9.7 million, including an increase of $6.0 million
that was attributable to the acquisition of Trinity Partners
during the fiscal year. Contract prices across the various types
of processes remained stable over this period. We realized
increases in revenue less repair payments across each of our
business units in fiscal 2006. Revenue less repair payments from
the UK, Europe (excluding the UK) and North America (primarily
the US) accounted for $73.3 million, $24.1 million and
$49.1 million, respectively, of our revenue in fiscal 2006,
representing increases of 43.7%, 26.3% and 75.5%, respectively,
from fiscal 2005.
Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue in fiscal 2006 was 71.9%
of revenue as compared to 86.5% of revenue in fiscal 2005. Cost
of revenue in fiscal 2006 was $145.7 million, an increase
of 3.9% over our cost of revenue of $140.3 million in
fiscal 2005. Employee costs increased by $20.1 million and
travel costs increased by $3.4 million over this period due
to an increase in headcount. In addition, infrastructure costs
increased by $9.4 million due to the opening of two new
operating centers, one each in Gurgaon and Nashik, and the
expansion of existing centers. These increases were offset in
part by a decline in payments made to repair centers, from
$63.2 million in fiscal 2005 to $54.9 million in
fiscal 2006. In addition, our cost of revenue in fiscal 2005
included a $19.2 million payment for client resources
located in North America that we bore while transferring this
clients processes to our offshore delivery centers (see
Overview Expenses
Cost of Revenue). Further, included in the cost of revenue
in fiscal 2006 was $3.2 million relating to Trinity
Partners.
Gross Profit. Gross profit in fiscal 2006 was
$57.1 million, or 28.1% of revenue, as compared to
$21.9 million, or 13.5% of revenue, in fiscal 2005. Gross
profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments was 38.6%
in fiscal 2006 compared to 22.1% in fiscal 2005. The lower gross
profit in fiscal 2005 was due to the payment for client
resources in North America during the transfer period described
above. We also recognized $2.4 million of revenue during
fiscal 2006 that had been deferred from fiscal 2005, as all
revenue recognition criteria had not been met at the end of
fiscal 2005.
SG&A Expenses. SG&A expenses in fiscal 2006 were
$36.3 million, an increase of 46.0% over our SG&A
expenses of $24.9 million in fiscal 2005. Non-operating
employee compensation and related travel expenses were higher by
$5.4 million largely on account of our increased marketing
efforts in North America and the expansion of our management
team. Share-based compensation costs included in non-operating
employee compensation increased by $1.6 million in fiscal
2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. Other SG&A cost elements
such as facilities costs, professional fees and depreciation
increased by $6.0 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to
fiscal 2005. SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue were
17.9% in fiscal 2006 compared to 15.3% in fiscal 2005. SG&A
expenses as a percentage of revenue less repair payments were
24.6% in fiscal 2006 compared to 25.1% in fiscal 2005, as our
revenue less repair payments grew more rapidly than our SG&A
expenses.
Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of
intangible assets was $0.9 million in fiscal 2006, a
decrease of 39.5% over $1.4 million in fiscal 2005. The
decrease was on account of intangible assets acquired through
our acquisition of Town & Country Assistance in fiscal
2003, the majority of which were amortized through fiscal 2005
offset in part by the amortization related to intangible assets
of $0.7 million from our acquisition of Trinity Partners in
fiscal 2006.
Operating Income (Loss). Income from operations in fiscal
2006 was $19.9 million compared to a loss from operations
of $(4.4) million in fiscal 2005, due to the reasons
discussed above. Income from operations as a percentage of
revenue was 9.8% in fiscal 2006, compared to a loss from
operations as a percentage of revenue of (2.7)% in fiscal 2005.
Income from operations as a percentage of revenue less repair
payments was 13.4% in
47
fiscal 2006, compared to a loss from operations as a percentage
of revenue less repair payments of (4.4)% in fiscal 2005.
Other Income, Net. Other income, net in fiscal 2006 was
$0.5 million, an increase from $0.2 million in fiscal 2005.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in fiscal 2006 was
$0.4 million, a decrease from $0.5 million in fiscal 2005.
(Provision) Benefit for Income Taxes. Provision for
income taxes in fiscal 2006 was $1.6 million, an increase
of 47.4% over our provision for income taxes of
$1.1 million in fiscal 2005, due to an increase of
$0.9 million in taxes paid in the UK related to our auto
claims business and a decrease of $0.4 million in the rest
of our business in fiscal 2006.
Net Income (Loss). Net income in fiscal 2006 was
$18.3 million compared to a net loss of $(5.8) million
in fiscal 2005. We had a net income in fiscal 2006 as compared
to a net loss in fiscal 2005 due to our revenue growth, as well
as the lower cost of onshore client resources as described
above. Net margins were 9.0% in fiscal 2006 as compared to
(3.6)% in fiscal 2005. Net margins as percentage of revenue less
repair payments were 12.3% in fiscal 2006 as compared to (5.8)%
in fiscal 2005.
Fiscal 2005 Compared to Fiscal 2004
Revenue. Revenue in fiscal 2005 was $162.2 million,
an increase of 55.8% over our revenue of $104.1 million in
fiscal 2004. This increase in revenue of $58.1 million was
attributable in part to an increase in revenue from existing
clients of $30.8 million on account of an expansion of the
number of processes for these clients that we executed and an
increase in volumes for the existing processes. The increase in
revenue from new clients was $27.3 million. Each of our
business units experienced growth during fiscal 2005 as compared
to fiscal 2004. We also experienced a higher percentage growth
in revenue from North America relative to the UK and Europe
(excluding the UK), due to the ramp up of a few significant
clients. Revenue from the UK, Europe (excluding the UK) and
North America (primarily the US) accounted for
$105.6 million, $27.7 million and $28.0 million,
respectively, of our revenue in fiscal 2005, representing
increases of 40.7%, 53.1% and 174.6%, respectively, from the
prior fiscal year.
Revenue Less Repair Payments. Revenue less repair
payments in fiscal 2005 was $99.0 million, an increase of
98.4% over our revenue less repair payments of
$49.9 million in fiscal 2004. This increase in revenue less
repair payments of $49.1 million was attributable to an increase
in revenue less repair payments from existing clients of
$33.1 million on account of an expansion of the number of
processes that we executed for these clients, an increase in
volumes for the existing processes and an increase in revenue
from new clients of $16.0 million. Contract prices across the
various types of processes remained stable over this period.
Each of our business units experienced growth during fiscal 2005
as compared to fiscal 2004. We also experienced a higher
percentage growth in revenue less repair payments from North
America relative to Europe, due to the ramp up of a few
significant clients. Revenue from the UK, Europe (excluding the
UK) and North America (primarily the US) were
$51.0 million, $19.1 million and $28.0 million in
fiscal 2005, respectively, representing increases of 68.9%,
120.6% and 174.6%, respectively, from fiscal 2004.
Cost of Revenue. Cost of revenue in fiscal 2005 was 86.5%
of revenue as compared to 86.2% of revenue in fiscal 2004. Cost
of revenue in fiscal 2005 was $140.3 million, an increase
of 56.4% over our cost of revenue of $89.7 million in
fiscal 2004. This increase was primarily on account of an
increase in headcount because of which employee costs increased
by $15.9 million and travel costs increased by
$2.7 million over this period. Infrastructure costs
increased by $11.5 million due to the setting up of new
facilities. Payments made to automobile repair centers increased
by $9.0 million over this period, from $54.2 million
in fiscal 2004 to $63.2 million in fiscal 2005. In
addition, our cost of revenue in fiscal 2005 included a
$19.2 million payment for client resources located in North
America that we bore while transferring this clients
processes to our offshore delivery centers (see
Overview Expenses
Cost of Revenue). This represented a $11.5 million
increase from the corresponding expense of $7.7 million
incurred by us for this purpose in fiscal 2004.
Gross Profit. Gross profit in fiscal 2005 was
$21.9 million, or 13.5% of revenue, as compared to
$14.4 million, or 13.8% of revenue, in fiscal 2004. Gross
profit as a percentage of revenue less repair payments was 22.1%
in
48
fiscal 2005 compared to 28.9% in fiscal 2004. Gross profit in
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004 was negatively impacted during these
periods because of the cost of client resources located in North
America that we used during the corresponding fiscal periods
while transferring this clients processes to our operating
centers (see Overview
Expenses Cost of Revenue).
SG&A Expenses. SG&A expenses in fiscal 2005 were
$24.9 million, an increase of 32.2% over our SG&A
expenses of $18.8 million in fiscal 2004. Non-operating
employee compensation and related travel expenses were higher by
$4.5 million, largely on account of our increased marketing
efforts in North America and the expansion of our management
team. Other SG&A cost elements such as facilities costs,
professional fees and depreciation increased by
$1.5 million in fiscal 2005 as compared to fiscal 2004.
SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue were 15.3% in
fiscal 2005 compared to 18.1% in fiscal 2004. SG&A expenses
as a percentage of revenue less repair payments were 25.1% in
fiscal 2005 compared to 37.7% in fiscal 2004, as our revenue
grew more rapidly than our SG&A expenses.
Amortization of Intangible Assets. Amortization of
intangible assets was $1.4 million and $2.6 million in
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004. The decrease was primarily on
account of intangible assets of $6.5 million acquired
through our acquisitions in prior periods being largely
amortized by the end of fiscal 2004.
Operating Income (Loss). Losses from operations in fiscal
2005 were $(4.4) million, a decrease of 37.6% from our
losses from operations of $(7.0) million in fiscal 2004.
Loss from operations as a percentage of revenue was (2.7)% in
fiscal 2005, compared to (6.8)% in fiscal 2004. Income from
operations as a percentage of revenue less repair payments was
(4.4)% in fiscal 2005, compared to (14.1)% in fiscal 2004.
Higher revenue, our ability to grow our revenue more rapidly
than our SG&A expenses and a lower amortization of
intangible assets helped us reduce our losses from operations.
This was partially offset by the higher cost of revenue as a
result of cost of client resources located in North America that
we bore during the corresponding fiscal periods while
transferring this clients processes to our offshore
delivery centers.
Other Income, Net. Other income, net in fiscal 2005 was
$0.2 million, a decrease from $0.3 million in fiscal
2004.
Interest Expense. Interest expense in fiscal 2005 was
$0.5 million, an increase from $0.1 million in fiscal
2004.
(Provision) Benefit for Income Taxes. Provision for
income tax in fiscal 2005 was $1.1 million, an increase of
$1.1 million as compared to fiscal 2004. This was primarily
on account of our current taxes for fiscal 2004 being offset by
deferred taxes. Of this increase, $0.6 million related to
taxes in the UK on our auto claims business and
$0.5 million related to the rest of our business.
Net Income (Loss). Net losses in fiscal 2005 were
$(5.8) million, a decrease of 14.0% from our net losses of
$(6.7) million in fiscal 2004. Net margins were (3.6)% in
fiscal 2005 compared to (6.5)% in fiscal 2004. Net margins as a
percentage of revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2005 were
(5.8)% as compared to (13.5)% in fiscal 2004.
Results by Reportable Segment
For purposes of evaluating operating performance and allocating
resources, we have organized our company by operating segments.
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 13. For financial statement reporting purposes,
we aggregate the segments that meet the criteria for aggregation
as set forth in SFAS No. 131, Disclosures
about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information,
(SFAS No. 131). We have separately
reported our auto claims segment (or WNS Assistance), as it does
not meet the aggregation criteria under SFAS No. 131.
Accordingly, pursuant to SFAS No. 131, we have two
reportable segments: WNS Global BPO and WNS Auto Claims BPO.
WNS Global BPO is primarily delivered out of our offshore
delivery centers in India and Sri Lanka. This segment includes
all of our business activities with the exception of WNS Auto
Claims BPO. WNS Auto Claims BPO is our automobile claims
management business called WNS Assistance, which is primarily
based in the UK and is part of our BFSI business unit. See
Business Business Process Outsourcing Service
49
Offerings. We report WNS Auto Claims BPO as a separate
segment for financial statement reporting purposes since a
substantial part of our reported revenue in this business
consists of amounts invoiced to our clients for payments made by
us to automobile repair centers, resulting in lower long-term
gross margins when measured on the basis of revenue, relative to
the WNS Global BPO segment.
Amounts we invoice our clients for the automobile repair costs
that we pay to repair centers is recognized as revenue because
we act as principal in our dealings with the repair centers and
our clients in our WNS Auto Claims BPO business. We are
responsible for the repairs, including determining the repair
center to be used and negotiating labor rates with such repair
centers. We also bear the credit risk of recovery of these
payments from our clients beyond certain advance payments from
our clients. However, since we wholly subcontract the repairs to
the repair centers, we evaluate our business performance based
on our revenue net of these payments to repair centers, which we
call revenue less repair payments. Though a non-GAAP measure, we
believe that revenue less repair payments reflects more
accurately the value of our services to our clients, and we use
revenue less repair payments as the primary measure to allocate
resources and evaluate segmental performance. We also use
segment operating income (loss), which is defined as segment
income (loss) before unallocated costs, as a secondary measure
to evaluate segment performance during a period. Operating
margins in our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment, when calculated on
the basis of revenue less repair payments, are comparable to
operating margins in our WNS Global BPO segment.
Our management allocates resources based on segment revenue less
repair payments and measures segment performance based on
revenue less repair payments and to a lesser extent on segment
operating income. The accounting policies of our reportable
segments are the same as those of our company. See
Critical Accounting Policies. We may in
the future change our reportable segments based on how our
business evolves.
The following table shows revenue and revenue less repair
payments for our two reportable segments for the periods
indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
WNS | |
|
WNS Auto | |
|
WNS | |
|
WNS Auto | |
|
WNS | |
|
WNS Auto | |
|
|
Global | |
|
Claims | |
|
Global | |
|
Claims | |
|
Global | |
|
Claims | |
|
|
BPO | |
|
BPO | |
|
BPO | |
|
BPO | |
|
BPO | |
|
BPO | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Segment
revenue(1)
|
|
$ |
125.2 |
|
|
$ |
79.6 |
|
|
$ |
78.6 |
|
|
$ |
85.2 |
|
|
$ |
37.9 |
|
|
$ |
67.3 |
|
Less: Payments to repair centers
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
54.9 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
63.2 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
54.2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue less repair payments
(1)
|
|
$ |
125.2 |
|
|
$ |
24.7 |
|
|
$ |
78.6 |
|
|
$ |
22.0 |
|
|
$ |
37.9 |
|
|
$ |
13.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
$ |
8.7 |
|
|
$ |
1.8 |
|
|
$ |
6.9 |
|
|
$ |
1.5 |
|
|
$ |
4.3 |
|
|
$ |
1.0 |
|
Other costs
|
|
$ |
99.0 |
|
|
$ |
17.8 |
|
|
$ |
77.8 |
|
|
$ |
17.1 |
|
|
$ |
38.4 |
|
|
$ |
11.5 |
|
Segment operating income (loss)
|
|
$ |
17.5 |
|
|
$ |
5.1 |
|
|
$ |
(6.1 |
) |
|
$ |
3.4 |
|
|
$ |
(4.8 |
) |
|
$ |
0.6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note:
|
|
(1) |
Segment revenue includes inter-segment revenue of
$2.0 million for fiscal 2006, $1.6 million for fiscal
2005 and $1.1 million for fiscal 2004. |
In fiscal 2006, WNS Global BPO accounted for 60.8% of our
revenue and 83.3% of our revenue less repair payments, compared
to 47.5% of our revenue and 77.8% of our revenue less repair
payments in fiscal 2005.
WNS Global BPO
Segment Revenue. Revenue in the WNS Global BPO segment
increased by 59.3% to $125.2 million in fiscal 2006 from
$78.6 million in fiscal 2005. The revenue for fiscal 2006
included revenue of $6.0 million from Trinity Partners,
which we acquired during this period. Revenue in this segment
increased by 107.5% to $78.6 million in fiscal 2005 from
$37.9 million in fiscal 2004. Increases during both these
periods were driven
50
by an increase in the volume of transactions executed for
clients. Contract prices across the various types of processes
remained substantially stable over these periods.
Segment Operating Income (Loss). Segmental operating
profit in the WNS Global BPO segment increased to
$17.5 million in fiscal 2006 from an operating loss of
$(6.1) million in fiscal 2005. Segmental loss increased by
26.0% to $(6.1) million in fiscal 2005 from
$(4.8) million in fiscal 2004. These changes were primarily
attributable to the impact of our bearing the cost of client
resources in North America of $19.2 million in fiscal 2005,
as explained above (see Overview
Expenses Cost of Revenue).
WNS Auto Claims BPO
Segment Revenue. Revenue in the WNS Auto Claims BPO
segment decreased by 6.6% to $79.6 million in fiscal 2006
from $85.2 million in fiscal 2005. Payments made to repair
centers in fiscal 2006 were $54.9 million, a decrease of
13.1% from $63.2 million in fiscal 2005. This was primarily
due to a loss of a significant client. Revenue less repair
payments in this segment increased by 12.2% to
$24.7 million in fiscal 2006 from $22.0 million in
fiscal 2005, driven by the growth in new claims processing
clients as well as continued increases in claims processed on
behalf of our existing clients. Revenue in this segment
increased by 26.6% to $85.2 million in fiscal 2005 from $67.3
million in fiscal 2004. Payments made to repair centers in
fiscal 2005 were $63.2 million and $54.2 million in the
corresponding period in 2004. Revenue less repair payments in
this segment increased by 67.4% to $22.0 million in fiscal 2005
from $13.1 million in fiscal 2004, primarily driven by the ramp
up of services to a significant automobile insurance client who
engaged us in fiscal 2004. Contract prices across the various
types of processes in this segment have been stable over the
period under discussion.
Segment Operating Income (Loss). Segmental operating
income increased by 53.4% to $5.1 million in fiscal 2006
from $3.3 million in fiscal 2005. The increase of
$1.8 million was due to a 12.2% increase in revenue less
repair payments in fiscal 2006. As claims management revenue is
recognized over the period that claims are processed (two to
six months), a portion of such revenue is deferred at the
end of a period. Claims management revenue deferred at
March 31, 2005 was higher than claims management revenue
deferred at March 31, 2006 by $1.7 million. Segmental
operating income increased to $3.3 million in fiscal 2005
from $0.6 million in fiscal 2004.
Quarterly Results
The following table presents unaudited quarterly financial
information for each of our last eight fiscal quarters on a
historical basis. We believe the quarterly information contains
all adjustments necessary to fairly present this information. As
a business process outsourcing services provider, we anticipate
and respond to demand from our clients. Accordingly, we have
limited control over the timing and circumstances under which
our services are provided. Typically, we show slight decreases
in our first-quarter margins as a result of salary increases.
For these and other reasons, we can experience variability in
our operating results from quarter to quarter. The operating
results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the
results for any future period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2006 | |
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Mar 2006(1) | |
|
Dec 2005(1) | |
|
Sep 2005 | |
|
Jun 2005 | |
|
Mar 2005 | |
|
Dec 2004 | |
|
Sep 2004 | |
|
Jun 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
52.9 |
|
|
$ |
49.8 |
(2) |
|
$ |
48.9 |
|
|
$ |
51.2 |
(2) |
|
$ |
49.0 |
|
|
$ |
42.5 |
|
|
$ |
36.5 |
|
|
$ |
34.1 |
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
37.3 |
|
|
|
34.1 |
|
|
|
35.6 |
|
|
|
38.7 |
|
|
|
37.1 |
(5) |
|
|
37.9 |
|
|
|
32.8 |
|
|
|
32.5 |
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
15.6 |
|
|
|
15.7 |
|
|
|
13.4 |
|
|
|
12.4 |
|
|
|
11.9 |
(5) |
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
1.6 |
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SG&A
|
|
|
11.4 |
(3) |
|
|
9.7 |
(4) |
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
7.1 |
|
|
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
|
5.7 |
|
|
|
6.1 |
|
|
Amortization of intangibles assets
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
0.3 |
|
|
|
0.4 |
|
|
|
0.7 |
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
3.7 |
(3) |
|
|
5.8 |
(4) |
|
|
5.1 |
|
|
|
5.3 |
|
|
|
5.1 |
(5) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
(2.3 |
) |
|
|
(5.2 |
) |
Non-operating income (expense)
|
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(0.0 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
0.2 |
|
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
(Provision) benefit for income taxes
|
|
|
(0.3 |
) |
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
(0.5 |
) |
|
|
(0.9 |
) |
|
|
(0.6 |
) |
|
|
(0.4 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
|
|
(0.1 |
) |
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
3.7 |
|
|
|
5.9 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
4.4 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
|
|
(2.6 |
) |
|
|
(1.9 |
) |
|
|
(5.9 |
) |
51
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated
selected consolidated financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2006 | |
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Mar 2006(1) | |
|
Dec 2005(1) | |
|
Sep 2005 | |
|
Jun 2005 | |
|
Mar 2005 | |
|
Dec 2004 | |
|
Sep 2004 | |
|
Jun 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Gross profit (loss) as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
29.5 |
% |
|
|
31.5 |
% |
|
|
27.3 |
% |
|
|
24.3 |
% |
|
|
24.4 |
% (5) |
|
|
10.9 |
% |
|
|
10.2 |
% |
|
|
4.8 |
% |
Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
7.0 |
%(3) |
|
|
11.6 |
%(4) |
|
|
10.4 |
% |
|
|
10.4 |
% |
|
|
10.3 |
% (5) |
|
|
(4.5 |
)% |
|
|
(6.3 |
)% |
|
|
(15.2 |
)% |
Gross profit (loss) as a percentage of revenue less repair
payments
|
|
|
37.6 |
% |
|
|
40.8 |
% |
|
|
38.4 |
% |
|
|
37.5 |
% |
|
|
39.1 |
% (5) |
|
|
19.0 |
% |
|
|
16.1 |
% |
|
|
7.8 |
% |
Operating income (loss) as a percentage of revenue less repair
payments
|
|
|
9.0 |
%(3) |
|
|
15.0 |
%(4) |
|
|
14.6 |
% |
|
|
16.0 |
% |
|
|
16.5 |
% (5) |
|
|
(7.9 |
)% |
|
|
(10.0 |
)% |
|
|
(24.9 |
)% |
The following table reconciles our revenue (a GAAP measure) to
revenue less repair payments (a non-GAAP measure):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fiscal 2006 | |
|
Fiscal 2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
Three Months Ended | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
Mar 2006(1) | |
|
Dec 2005(1) | |
|
Sep 2005 | |
|
Jun 2005 | |
|
Mar 2005 | |
|
Dec 2004 | |
|
Sep 2004 | |
|
Jun 2004 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in millions) | |
Revenue
|
|
$ |
52.9 |
|
|
$ |
49.8 |
(2) |
|
$ |
48.9 |
|
|
$ |
51.2 |
(2) |
|
$ |
49.0 |
|
|
$ |
42.5 |
|
|
$ |
36.5 |
|
|
$ |
34.1 |
|
Less: Payments to repair centers
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
|
|
11.3 |
|
|
|
14.1 |
|
|
|
18.0 |
|
|
|
18.5 |
|
|
|
18.2 |
|
|
|
13.3 |
|
|
|
13.2 |
|
Revenue less repair payments
|
|
|
41.4 |
|
|
|
38.4 |
(2) |
|
|
34.8 |
|
|
|
33.2 |
(2) |
|
|
30.6 |
|
|
|
24.3 |
|
|
|
23.2 |
|
|
|
20.9 |
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
The financial information for the quarters ended March 2006
and December 2005 reflects the acquisition of Trinity Partners
in November 2005. |
|
(2) |
Revenue and revenue less repair payments in the quarters ended
December 2005 and June 2005 include $2.4 million and
$0.8 million, respectively, of revenue deferred from fiscal
2005. Costs associated with this revenue were however recognized
in fiscal 2005. |
|
(3) |
SG&A expenses in the quarter ended March 2006 include
$0.7 million for consulting and auditing fees, representing
a portion of the professional fees relating to our preparations
for becoming a public company. In addition, costs related to a
recruitment drive were higher relative to the prior quarters in
fiscal 2006. |
|
(4) |
SG&A expenses in the quarter ended December 2005 include
share-based compensation cost of $1.4 million, of which
$1.2 million related to the repurchase and modification of
options. |
|
(5) |
Cost of revenue in the quarter ended March 2005 decreased
significantly from levels in the preceding quarters due to
completion of payments for client resources located in North
America during the transfer period as described in
Overview Expenses Cost
of Revenue. |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Historically, our sources of funding have principally been from
cash flow from operations supplemented by equity and short-term
debt financing as required. Our capital requirements have
principally been for the establishment of operations facilities
to support our growth and acquisitions.
During fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, our net income (loss) was
$18.3 million and ($5.8) million, respectively. By
implementing our growth strategy (see Business
Business Strategy), we intend to generate higher revenue
in the future in an effort to maintain our profitable position.
As of March 31, 2006, we had cash and cash equivalents of
$18.5 million. We typically seek to invest our available
cash on hand in bank deposits or short-term money market
accounts. As of March 31, 2006, we had an unused line of
credit of Rs.370 million ($8.3 million) from Hong Kong
and Shanghai Banking Corporation, Mumbai Branch.
52
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Cash flows provided by operating activities were
$34.8 million for fiscal 2006 and $1.8 million for
fiscal 2005. The increase in cash flows from operating
activities in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005 was
attributable to increased revenue as well as the completion of
payment for client resources in North America associated with
one significant client contract in fiscal 2005. While it is
possible that WNS might enter into a similar client contract in
the future, WNS has no current client contracts with similar
arrangements or current plans to enter into any such similar
client contracts.
Cash flows provided by operating activities were
$1.8 million for fiscal 2005 and $11.6 million for
fiscal 2004. The decrease in cash flows from operating
activities in fiscal 2005 as compared to fiscal 2004 was
attributable to the payment for client resources in North
America associated with one significant client contract,
partially offset by increased revenue.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Cash flows used in investing activities were $18.7 million
in fiscal 2006 as compared with $18.3 million used in
fiscal 2005. The increase in cash flows used in investing
activities in fiscal 2006 from fiscal 2005 was primarily
attributable to an acquisition on November 16, 2005, in
which we made a cash payment of $3.9 million, net of cash
acquired, as part of the purchase consideration for the
acquisition of Trinity Partners. This was offset by lower
capital expenditures of $14.9 million in fiscal 2006 as
compared with $18.3 million in fiscal 2005. These capital
expenditures were incurred primarily for leasehold improvements,
purchase of computers, furniture, fixtures and other office
equipment associated with expanding the capacity of our delivery
centers.
Cash flows used in investing activities were $18.3 million
for fiscal 2005 and $9.4 million for fiscal 2004. The
increase in cash flows used in investing activities in fiscal
2005 from fiscal 2004 was primarily attributable to investments
of $18.3 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2005 as
compared with $8.7 million in fiscal 2004. These capital
expenditures were incurred primarily for leasehold improvement,
purchase of computers, furniture, fixtures and office equipment
associated with expanding the capacity of our delivery centers.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Cash outflows from financing activities were $6.4 million
in the fiscal 2006 as compared with cash inflows from financing
activities of $10.2 million in fiscal 2005 primarily
because of a $9.9 million loan (net proceeds) we received
from a significant client in fiscal 2005, which was fully repaid
in fiscal 2006. We also received $3.9 million from the
issue of shares upon the exercise of options and the sale of
shares to a director during fiscal 2006 as compared with
$0.7 million received from the issue of shares in fiscal
2005.
Cash inflows from financing activities were $10.2 million
in fiscal 2005 as compared with cash outflows from financing
activities of $0.1 million in fiscal 2004 because of a
$9.9 million loan (net proceeds) we received from a
significant client in fiscal 2005.
We believe that our cash flow from operating activities (without
relying on the proceeds of this offering) will be sufficient to
meet our estimated capital expenditures, working capital and
other cash needs until at least March 31, 2007, the end of
fiscal 2007.
Our business strategy requires us to continuously expand our
delivery capabilities. We expect to incur capital expenditure on
setting up new delivery centers or expanding existing delivery
centers and setting up related technology to enable offshore
execution and management of clients business processes. We
expect our capital expenditure needs in fiscal 2007 to be
approximately $22 million, which includes $3 million
for updating technology and processes. We expect to meet this
estimated capital expenditure from cash generated from operating
activities. We may in the future consider making acquisitions
which we expect to be able to finance partly or fully from the
net proceeds of this offering and cash generated from operating
activities. If we have significant growth through acquisitions
or require additional operating facilities beyond those
currently planned to service new client contracts, we may need
to obtain further financing. We cannot assure you that
additional financing, if needed, will be available on favorable
terms or at all.
53
Contractual Obligations
Our principal commitments consist of obligations under operating
leases for office space, which represent minimum lease payments
for office space, purchase obligations for property and
equipment and capital leases for computers. We have no ongoing
commercial commitments, such as drawn lines of credit,
guarantees or standby purchase orders that would affect our
liquidity over the next five years. The following table sets out
our total future contractual obligations as of March 31,
2006 on a consolidated basis:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period | |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
Less than | |
|
2-3 | |
|
4-5 | |
|
More than | |
|
|
Total | |
|
1 Year | |
|
Years | |
|
Years | |
|
5 Years | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
(US dollars in thousands) | |
Operating leases
|
|
$ |
88,036 |
|
|
$ |
21,091 |
|
|
$ |
36,731 |
|
|
$ |
26,369 |
|
|
$ |
3,845 |
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
4,309 |
|
|
|
4,309 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital lease obligations
|
|
|
195 |
|
|
|
193 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$ |
92,540 |
|
|
$ |
25,593 |
|
|
$ |
36,733 |
|
|
$ |
26,369 |
|
|
$ |
3,845 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements or obligations.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
General
Market risk is attributable to all market sensitive financial
instruments including foreign currency receivables and payables.
The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of
changes in the interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates,
commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes that
affect market risk sensitive instruments.
Our exposure to market risk is primarily a function of our
revenue generating activities and any future borrowings in
foreign currency. The objective of market risk management is to
avoid excessive exposure of our earnings to loss. Most of our
exposure to market risk arises from our revenue and expenses
that are denominated in different currencies.
The following risk management discussion and the estimated
amounts generated from analytical techniques are forward-looking
statements of market risk assuming certain market conditions
occur. Our actual results in the future may differ materially
from these projected results due to actual developments in the
global financial markets.
Risk Management Procedures
We manage market risk through our treasury operations. Our
senior management and our board of directors approve our
treasury operations objectives and policies. The
activities of our treasury operations include management of cash
resources, implementation of hedging strategies for foreign
currency exposures, borrowing strategies and ensurance of
compliance with market risk limits and policies.
Components of Market Risk
Exchange Rate Risk
Our exposure to market risk arises principally from exchange
rate risk. Although substantially all of our revenue less repair
payments is denominated in pounds sterling, US dollars and
Euros, approximately 77.5% of our expenses (net of payments to
repair centers made as part of our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment)
are incurred and paid in Indian rupees. The exchange rates among
the Indian rupee, the pound sterling and the US dollar have
changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate
substantially in the future. See Foreign
Exchange Exchange Rates.
Our exchange rate risk primarily arises from our foreign
currency-denominated receivables and payables. Based upon our
level of operations during fiscal 2006, a sensitivity analysis
shows that a 5.0% appreciation in
54
the pound sterling against the US dollar would have increased
revenue less repair payments in fiscal 2006 by approximately
$4.4 million. Similarly, a 5.0% depreciation in the Indian
rupee against the US dollar would have decreased our expenses
incurred and paid in Indian rupee in fiscal 2006 by
approximately $5.0 million. Conversely, a 5.0% appreciation
in the Indian rupee against the US dollar would have increased
our expenses incurred and paid in Indian rupees during the
fiscal 2006 by approximately $5.0 million.
Interest Rate Risk
We do not carry any interest rate risk on our current short-term
borrowing as the rate is contractually fixed for the entire term
of such borrowing.
Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
equivalents, accounts receivable from related parties, accounts
receivables from others and bank deposits. By their nature, all
such financial instruments involve risk including the credit
risk of non-performance by counter parties. Our cash
equivalents, bank deposits and restricted cash are invested with
banks with high investment grade credit ratings. Accounts
receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenue
earned from clients primarily based in Europe and North America.
We monitor the credit worthiness of our clients to which we have
granted credit terms in the normal course of the business. As of
March 31, 2006 and 2005, 73% and 96%, respectively, of
accounts receivable from related parties was receivables from
British Airways. We believe there is no significant risk of loss
in the event of non-performance of the counter parties to these
financial instruments, other than the amounts already provided
for in our financial statements.
Control Deficiencies
In May 2006, as part of our most recent audit process, our
independent auditors notified our audit committee of certain
significant deficiencies in our internal controls. A significant
deficiency is a control deficiency that adversely affects the
companys ability to initiate, authorize, record, process
or report external financial data reliably such that there is
more than a remote likelihood that a consequential misstatement
of the companys financial statements will not be prevented
or detected. The significant deficiencies noted by our
independent auditors related to our lack of sufficient senior
personnel with US GAAP knowledge, the manual nature and
inadequate review procedures of our financial statement closing
process, and the lack of a formal approval process of related
party transactions with companies in which members of our
management have controlling ownership interest. Our audit
committee and management have discussed these actions with our
independent auditors and we are addressing them by making better
use of our management information reporting system, hiring US
GAAP qualified consultants and seeking additional US GAAP
qualified employees, strengthening our financial statement
closing process and implementing additional approval procedures
for related party transactions.
Critical Accounting Policies
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based on our consolidated financial
statements which have been prepared in accordance with US GAAP.
Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements
describes our significant accounting policies and is an
essential part of our consolidated financial statements.
We believe the following to be critical accounting policies. By
critical accounting policies, we mean policies that
are both important to the portrayal of our financial condition
and financial results and require critical management judgments
and estimates. Although we believe that our judgments and
estimates are appropriate, actual future results may differ from
our estimates.
Revenue Recognition
We generate revenue by providing business process outsourcing
services to our clients. Business process outsourcing services
involve providing back-office administration, data management,
contact center
55
management and automobile claims handling services. We recognize
revenue when we have persuasive evidence of an arrangement,
services have been rendered, the fee is determinable and
collectibility is reasonably assured. We conclude that we have
persuasive evidence of an arrangement when we enter into an
agreement with our clients with terms and conditions that
describe the service and the related payments and are legally
enforceable. We consider revenue to be determinable when the
services have been provided in accordance with the agreement.
When the terms of the agreement specify service level parameters
that must be met, we monitor such service level parameters and
determine if there are any service credits or penalties that we
need to account for. Revenue is recognized net of any service
credits that are due to a client. A substantial portion of our
revenue is from large companies, where we do not believe we have
a significant credit risk. We have certain minimum commitment
arrangements, whereby the contracts either provide for a minimum
revenue commitment on an annual basis or a cumulative basis over
multiple years, stated in terms of annual minimum amounts. Where
a minimum commitment is specific to an annual period, any
revenue shortfall is invoiced and recognized at the end of this
period. When the shortfall in a particular year can be offset
with revenues received in excess of minimum commitments in a
subsequent year, we recognize deferred revenue for the shortfall
which has been invoiced and received. To the extent we have
sufficient experience to conclude that the shortfall will not be
satisfied by excess revenues in a subsequent period, the
deferred revenue will be recognized as revenue in that period.
In order to determine whether we have sufficient experience, we
consider several factors which include (i) the historical
volume of business done with a client as compared with initial
projections of volume as agreed to by the client and us,
(ii) the length of time for which we have such historical
experience, (iii) future volume expected based on
projections received from the client and (iv) our internal
expectations of the ongoing volume with the client. Otherwise
the deferred revenue will remain until such time we can conclude
that it will not receive revenues in excess of the minimum
commitment. For certain agreements, we have retroactive
discounts related to meeting agreed volumes. In such situations,
we record revenue at the discounted rate, although we initially
bill at the higher rate, unless we can determine that the agreed
volumes will not be met.
We invoice our clients depending on the terms of the
arrangement, which include billing based on a per employee, per
transaction or cost-plus basis. Amounts billed or payments
received, where all the conditions for revenue recognition have
not been met, are recorded as deferred revenue and are
recognized as revenue when all recognition criteria have been
met. However, the costs related to the performance of such work
are recognized in the period the services are rendered.
Certain contracts allow us to invoice our clients for
out-of-pocket expenses
incurred to render services to our clients and we recognize such
reimbursements as revenue.
We provide automobile claims handling services, which include
claims handling and administration, or claims handling, and
arranging for repairs with repair centers across the UK and the
related payment processing for such repairs, or accident
management. With respect to claims handling, we enter into
contracts with our clients to process all their claims over the
contract period, where the fees are determined either on a per
claim basis or is a fixed payment for the contract period. Where
our contracts are on a per claim basis, we invoice the client at
the inception of the claim process. We estimate the processing
period for the claims and recognize revenue over the estimated
processing period, which generally ranges from two to six
months. The processing time may be greater for new clients and
the estimated service period is adjusted accordingly. The
processing period is estimated based on historical experience
and other relevant factors, if any. Where the fee is a fixed
payment for the contract period, revenue is recognized on a
straight line basis over the period of the contract. In certain
cases, the fee is contingent upon the successful recovery of a
claim by the client. In these circumstances, the revenue is not
recognized until the contingency is resolved.
In order to provide automobile accident management services, we
negotiate with and set up a network of repair centers where
vehicles involved in an accident can be repaired. We are the
principal in these transactions between the repair center and
the client. The repair centers bill us for the negotiated costs
of the repair and we invoice such costs to the client. We
recognize the amounts invoiced to the client as revenue as we
have determined that we meet the criteria established by
Emerging Issues Task Force Consensus, or EITF,
No. 99-19,
Reporting Revenue Gross as a Principal versus Net as an
Agent. Factors considered in determining that we are
the principal in the transaction include
whether: (i) we negotiate the labor rates with
56
repair centers; (ii) we determine which repair center
should be used; (iii) we are responsible for timely and
satisfactory completion of repairs; and (iv) we bear the
credit risk. In certain circumstances, a portion of the repair
costs may be insured. In such situations, the payment received
from the insurance company is not recognized as revenue or cost
of revenue. We invoice the repair center for referral fees and
recognize it as revenue.
Business Combinations
Our acquisitions have been accounted under the purchase method
of accounting. We identify tangible and intangible assets that
we have acquired and estimate the fair values on the date of the
acquisition. We determine the fair values of the acquired assets
taking into consideration information supplied by the management
of the acquired entities, external valuations and other relevant
information. We primarily determine the valuations based on an
estimate of the future discounted cash flow projections. We also
estimate the useful lives of the assets acquired to determine
the period over which we will depreciate or amortize the assets.
Where there are significant differences between the tax bases
and book bases of the assets acquired or liabilities assumed, we
also create deferred tax assets or liabilities at the date of
the acquisition. The determination of fair values require
significant judgment both by management and by outside
specialists engaged to assist in this process. The remainder of
the purchase price, if any, is recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Property and
Equipment
We determine reporting units based on our analysis of segments
and estimate the goodwill to be allocated to each reporting unit.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which
requires us to make judgments in determining what assumptions to
use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists
of estimating the fair value of each of our reporting units,
based on a discounted cash flow model, using revenue and profit
forecasts and comparing those estimated fair values with the
carrying values which include the allocated goodwill. If the
estimated fair value is less than the carrying value, a second
step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by
determining the implied fair value of goodwill. The
determination of a reporting units implied fair value of
goodwill requires the allocation of the estimated fair value of
the reporting unit to the assets and liabilities of the
reporting unit. Any unallocated fair value representing the
implied fair value of goodwill is then compared to its
corresponding carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the
implied fair value of goodwill, the difference is recognized as
an impairment charge.
The implied fair value of reporting units is determined by our
management and is generally based upon future cash flow
projections for the reporting unit, discounted to present value.
We consider external valuations when management considers it
appropriate to do so.
We amortize intangible assets with definite lives over the
estimated useful lives and review them for impairment, if
indicators of impairment arise. We estimate the useful lives of
intangible assets after consideration of historical results and
anticipated results based on our current plans.
We initially record purchased property and equipment, which
includes amounts recorded under capital leases, at cost.
Advances paid towards the acquisition of property and equipment
and the cost of property and equipment not put to use before the
balance sheet date are reported under the caption capital
work-in-progress.
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment are
computed using the straight-line method over the estimated
useful lives of the assets. We estimate the useful lives of
intangible assets after consideration of historical results and
anticipated results based on our current plans.
We perform impairment reviews of intangible assets and property
and equipment when events or circumstances indicate that the
value of the assets may be impaired. Indicators of impairment
include operating or cash flow losses, significant decreases in
market value or changes in the physical condition of the
property and equipment. When indicators of impairment are
present, the evaluation of impairment is based upon a comparison
of the carrying amount of the intangible asset or property and
equipment to the estimated future undiscounted net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset. If estimated future
undiscounted
57
cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, the
asset is considered impaired. The impairment expense is
determined by comparing the estimated fair value of the
intangible asset or property and equipment to its carrying
value, with any shortfall from fair value recognized as an
expense in the current period. The estimate of undiscounted cash
flows and the fair value of assets require several assumptions
and estimates.
We cannot predict the occurrence of future events that might
adversely affect the reported value of goodwill, intangible
assets or property and equipment. Such events include, but are
not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to economic
and competitive conditions, the impact of the environment on our
customer base, and material negative change in relationship with
significant customers.
Income Taxes
We apply the asset and liability method of accounting for income
taxes as described in SFAS No. 109,
Accounting for Income Taxes. Under this
method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
future tax consequences attributable to differences between the
financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss
and tax credit carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to
taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences
are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred
tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment
date. We recognize valuation allowances to reduce the deferred
tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be
realized. In assessing the likelihood of realization, we
consider estimates of future taxable income.
We also evaluate potential exposures related to tax
contingencies or claims made by the tax authorities in various
jurisdictions and determine if a reserve is required. A reserve
is recorded if we believe that a loss is probable and the amount
can be reasonably estimated. These reserves are based on
estimates and subject to changing facts and circumstances
considering the progress of ongoing audits, case law and new
legislation. We believe that the reserves established are
adequate in relation to the potential for any additional tax
assessments.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
In December 2004, SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based
Payment, was issued which establishes standards for
transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments
for goods or services. We will adopt this standard effective
April 1, 2006 for all new grants and modification of old
grants. We have determined that under the transition provisions
of this standard, we would continue to account for non-vested
equity awards outstanding at the date of adoption of the
standard under the intrinsic value method as we had used the
minimum-value method for determining fair value of stock options
while we were a non-public company. We believe that the adoption
of this standard may have a significant impact on our
companys results of operations, although it will have no
impact on our companys overall financial position. The
impact of adoption of this standard cannot be predicted at this
time as it will depend on levels of share-based payments made in
the future.
In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154,
Accounting Changes and Error Corrections,
(SFAS No. 154) which is a replacement of APB
Opinion No. 20, Accounting Changes and FASB Statement
No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial
Statements. SFAS No. 154 changes the accounting for and
reporting of changes in accounting principles and error
corrections by requiring retrospective application to prior
period financial statements unless impracticable. This statement
is effective in fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2005. We do not expect the adoption of SFAS No. 154 to have
a significant impact on our financial statements.
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155,
Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial
Instruments an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 133 and 140,
(SFAS No. 155). SFAS No. 155
permits fair value remeasurement for any hybrid financial
instrument that contains an embedded derivative that otherwise
would require bifurcation, clarifies which interest-only strips
and principal-only strips are not subject to the
58
requirements of Statement No. 133, establishes a
requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial
assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives
or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an
embedded derivative requiring bifurcation, clarifies that
concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are
not embedded derivatives, and amends Statement No. 140 to
eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special purpose entity
from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to
a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial
instrument. SFAS No. 155 is effective for all
financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of
an entitys first fiscal year that begins after
September 15, 2006. We have not completed our evaluation of
the effect of SFAS No. 155.
59
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a leading provider of offshore business process
outsourcing, or BPO, services. We provide comprehensive data,
voice and analytical services that are underpinned by our
expertise in our target industry sectors. We transfer the
business processes of our clients, which are typically companies
located in Europe and North America, to our delivery centers
located primarily in India. We provide high quality execution of
client processes, monitor these processes against multiple
performance metrics, and seek to improve them on an ongoing
basis.
We began operations as an in-house unit of British Airways in
1996, and started focusing on providing business process
outsourcing services to third parties in fiscal 2003. According
to the National Association of Software and Service Companies,
or NASSCOM, an industry association in India, we were among the
top two India-based offshore business process outsourcing
companies in terms of revenue in 2004, 2005 and 2006. As of
March 31, 2006, we had 10,433 employees, of whom
approximately 9,700 were executing over 400 distinct business
processes on behalf of over 125 significant clients. Our largest
clients in terms of revenue contribution include leading global
corporations such as Air Canada, AVIVA, British Airways, First
Magnus Financial Corporation, GfK, IndyMac Bank, Marsh, SITA,
Tesco, Travelocity and Virgin Atlantic Airways. See
Clients.
We design, implement and operate comprehensive business
processes for our clients, involving data, voice and analytical
components. Our services include industry-specific processes
that are tailored to address our clients business and
industry practices, particularly in the travel and banking,
financial services and insurance, or BFSI, industries. We also
offer services applicable across multiple industries, in areas
such as finance and accounting, human resources and supply chain
management, which we collectively refer to as enterprise
services, and in the areas of market, business and financial
research and analytics, which we refer to as knowledge services.
Our comprehensive service portfolio allows us to penetrate our
clients and the industries we serve.
Between fiscal 2003 and fiscal 2006, our revenue grew at a
compound annual growth rate of 54.9%, faster than the projected
42.1% compound annual growth rate of the overall Indian offshore
business process outsourcing industry for the comparable period
as estimated by the NASSCOM-McKinsey report, in December 2005
and NASSCOMs Handbook for ITES-BPO Industry-2005. During
this period, we grew both organically and through acquisitions.
We believe we have achieved rapid growth and industry leadership
through our understanding of the industries in which our clients
operate, our focus on operational excellence, and a senior
management team with significant experience in the global
outsourcing industry. Our revenue is characterized by client,
industry, geographic and service diversity, which we believe
offers us a sustainable business model.
We generate revenue primarily from providing business process
outsourcing services. A portion of our revenue includes payments
which we make to automobile repair centers. We evaluate our
business performance based on revenue net of these payments,
since we believe that revenue less repair payments reflects more
accurately the value of the business process outsourcing
services we directly provide to our clients. For fiscal 2006,
our revenue was $202.8 million, our revenue less repair
payments was $147.9 million and our net income was
$18.3 million.
Industry Overview
Businesses globally are outsourcing a growing proportion of
their business processes to streamline their organizations,
focus on core operations, create flexibility, benefit from
best-in-class process execution and thereby increase shareholder
returns. More significantly, many of these businesses are
outsourcing to offshore locations such as India to access a high
quality and cost-effective workforce. We are a pioneer in the
offshore business process outsourcing industry and are well
positioned to benefit from the combination of the outsourcing
and offshoring trends.
60
The global business process outsourcing industry is large and
growing rapidly. According to International Data Corporation, or
IDC, the global business process outsourcing market was
$422 billion in 2005 and is projected to grow at a 10.9%
compound annual growth rate from 2004 through 2009 to
$641 billion. In comparison, IDC forecasts the information
technology services market (excluding business process
outsourcing) to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 6.0%
over this same period, from $417 billion to
$553 billion. This data implies that the business process
outsourcing market is not only growing at nearly twice the rate
of that of information technology services, but also is
projected to surpass it in size by 2006.
The offshore business process outsourcing industry is growing at
a significantly faster rate than the overall global business
process outsourcing industry. The NASSCOM-McKinsey report
estimates that the offshore business process outsourcing market
will grow at a 37.0% compound annual growth rate, from
$11.4 billion in revenue in fiscal 2005 to
$55.0 billion in revenue in fiscal 2010. The same report
estimates that the total value of business processes that could
have been provided by offshore business process outsourcing
providers in fiscal 2005 represents an addressable market of
approximately $120 billion to $150 billion.
Accordingly, we believe that offshore business process
outsourcing has significant growth potential because we believe
it constitutes less than 10% of the current addressable market
described above. NASSCOM has identified retail banking,
insurance, travel and hospitality and automobile manufacturing
as the industries with the greatest potential for offshore
outsourcing. We provide industry-focused business process
outsourcing services to the majority of these industries.
The following charts set forth the relative growth rate and size
of the global business process outsourcing industry and the
global information technology industry, in addition to the
expected growth rate of the Indian offshore business process
outsourcing industry:
We believe that India is widely considered to be the most
attractive destination for offshore business process
outsourcing. According to the NASSCOM-McKinsey report,
India-based players account for 46% of offshore business process
outsourcing revenue in fiscal 2005, and India will retain its
position as the most favored offshore business process
outsourcing destination for the foreseeable future. The key
factors for Indias predominance include its large, growing
and highly educated English-speaking workforce coupled with a
business and regulatory environment that is conducive to the
growth of the business process outsourcing industry.
While a limited number of global corporations such as General
Electric, British Airways (through our subsidiary, WNS India
Private Limited) and American Express set up in-house business
process outsourcing facilities in India in the mid-1990s,
offshore business process outsourcing growth only accelerated
significantly from 2000 onwards with the emergence of third
party providers. This has been followed by a shift in focus
61
from largely call center related outsourcing in areas such as
tele-marketing and client service to a wider range of business
processes such as finance and accounting, insurance claims
administration and market research analysis. This shift in focus
has given rise to an India-based offshore industry capable of
providing a wide range of complex services.
Offshore business process outsourcing is typically a long-term
strategic commitment for companies. The processes that companies
outsource are frequently complex and integrated with their core
operations. These processes require a high degree of
customization and, often, a multi-stage offshore transfer
program. Clients would therefore incur high switching costs to
transfer these processes back to their home locations or to
other business process outsourcing providers. As a result, once
an offshore business process outsourcing provider gains the
confidence of a client, the resulting business relationship is
usually characterized by multi-year contracts with predictable
annual revenue.
Given the long-term, strategic nature of these engagements,
companies undertake a highly rigorous process in evaluating
their offshore business process outsourcing provider. We believe
a client typically seeks the following key attributes in a
potential offshore business process outsourcing provider:
|
|
|
established reputation and industry leadership; |
|
|
demonstrated ability to execute a diverse range of
mission-critical and often complex business processes; |
|
|
capability to scale employees and infrastructure without a
diminution in quality of service; and |
|
|
ability to innovate, add new operational expertise and drive
down costs. |
As the offshore business process outsourcing industry evolves
further, we believe that scale, reputation and leadership will
become more important factors in this selection process.
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we have the following seven competitive
strengths necessary to maintain and enhance our position as a
leading provider of offshore business process outsourcing
services:
Offshore business process outsourcing market
leadership
We have received recognition as an industry leader from various
industry bodies. For example:
|
|
|
NASSCOM named us one of the top two Indian offshore business
process outsourcers in 2005 and 2004; |
|
|
neoIT ranked us as the best performing business process
outsourcing company in 2005; and |
|
|
Global Outsourcing named us the leading insurance outsourcer in
India in 2005. |
We have provided leadership to the offshore business process
outsourcing industry as demonstrated by our anticipation of key
industry trends. For example, since our emergence as a focused
third party business process outsourcing provider, we have
proactively targeted two of the most attractive industry
sectors, BFSI and travel. In addition, we have focused our
service portfolio on complex processes, avoiding services that
are less integral to our clients operations, such as
telemarketing and collections, which characterized the offshore
business process outsourcing industry at that time.
We believe our early differentiation from other players and the
substantial length of our working relationship with many
industry-leading clients has significantly contributed to our
reputation as a trusted provider of offshore business process
outsourcing services. We believe that this reputation is a key
differentiator in our attracting and winning clients.
62
Deep industry expertise
We have established expertise in the industries we target. We
have developed our business by creating focused business units
that provide industry-specific services. Our industry-focused
strategy allows us to retain and enhance expertise thereby
enabling us to:
|
|
|
offer a suite of services that can deliver a comprehensive
industry-focused business process outsourcing program; |
|
|
leverage our existing capabilities to win additional clients and
identify new industry-specific service offerings; |
|
|
cultivate client relationships that may involve few processes
upon initial engagement to develop deeper engagements ultimately
involving a number of integrated processes; and |
|
|
recruit and retain talented employees by offering them
industry-focused career paths. |
We have achieved market leadership in several of the industries
we target. For example, we were ranked as the leading insurance
outsourcer in India by Global Outsourcing in 2005, and we
believe we have the largest and most diverse operations in the
offshore travel business process outsourcing market.
Experience in transferring processes offshore and running
them efficiently
Many of the business processes that are outsourced by clients to
us are mission critical and core to their operations, requiring
substantial project management expertise. We have developed a
sophisticated program management methodology intended to ensure
smooth transfer of business processes from our clients
facilities to our delivery centers. For example, our highly
experienced program management team has transferred over 400
distinct business processes for over 125 significant clients in
the last three years.
We focus on managing our client processes effectively on an
ongoing basis. Our process delivery is managed by independent
empowered teams and measured regularly against pre-defined
operational metrics. We have also invested in a 250-person
quality assurance team that satisfies the International Standard
Organization 9001:2000 standards for quality management systems,
and applies Six Sigma, a statistical methodology for improving
consistent quality across processes, and other process
re-engineering methodologies to further improve our process
delivery.
The composition of our revenue enables us to continuously
optimize the efficiency of our operations to achieve higher
asset utilization. This is driven by our combination of data and
voice services across the different time zones of North America
and Europe.
Diversified client base across multiple industries and
geographic locations
We have a large, diversified client base of over 125 significant
clients across Europe and North America, including clients who
are market leaders within their respective industries. We have
clients across the multiple sectors of the travel and BFSI
industries as well as other industries such as manufacturing,
logistics, retail, utilities and professional services. To date,
many of our clients have transferred a limited number of their
business processes offshore. We believe, therefore, that we have
a significant opportunity to increase the revenue we generate
from these clients in the future as they decide to expand their
commitment to offshore business process outsourcing.
Industry-recognized leadership in human capital
development
We are recognized as a leader in human resources management
among offshore business process outsourcing companies. We have
won a number of awards, including being ranked number one in
human capital development in 2005 by neoIT, an industry
consultant, and being ranked number one in the Asia Pacific
region for excellence in human resources by Indias
National Institute of Personnel Managers. Our market leadership
and organizational culture enables us to attract and retain high
quality employees.
63
Our extensive recruiting process utilizes sophisticated tools
such as the Predictive Index, a psychometric tool we use to help
us screen candidates on multiple parameters and to appropriately
match employees to the most suitable positions. We have
established the WNS Learning Academy, which provides ongoing
training to our employees for the purpose of continuously
improving their leadership and professional skills. We seek to
promote our team leaders and operations managers from within,
thereby offering internal advancement opportunities and clear
long-term career paths.
Ability to manage the rapid growth of our
organization
We have invested significant management effort toward ensuring
that our organization is positioned to continuously scale to
meet the robust demand for offshore business process outsourcing
services. We are capable of evaluating over 5,000 potential
employees and recruiting, hiring and training over 450 employees
each month, enabling us to rapidly expand and support our
clients. We have also established a highly scalable operational
infrastructure consisting of nine delivery centers in multiple
locations supported by a world-class information technology
and communications network infrastructure.
Experienced management team
We benefit from the effective leadership of a global management
team with diverse backgrounds including extensive experience in
outsourcing. Most of our core senior management team members
have been with us since fiscal 2003, and have successfully
executed the growth strategy that has increased our client base
from 14 clients as of May 2002 to over 125 significant
clients as of March 31, 2006 and increased our revenue from
$104.1 million in fiscal 2004 to $202.8 million in
fiscal 2006 and our revenue less repair payments from
$49.9 million in fiscal 2004 to $147.9 million in
fiscal 2006. Moreover, we believe that our management has
successfully guided our rapid expansion while increasing client
satisfaction, as demonstrated by our in-house customer feedback
surveys. In addition to our senior management team, our middle
management team provides us with the critical leadership depth
needed to manage our rapid growth.
Business Strategy
Our objective is to strengthen our position as a leading
offshore business process outsourcing provider. To achieve this,
we will seek to expand our client base and further develop our
industry expertise, enhance our brand to attract new clients,
develop organically new business services and industry-focused
operating units and make selective acquisitions. The key
elements of our strategy are described below.
Drive rapid growth through penetration of our existing
client base
We have a large and diverse existing client base that includes
many leading global corporations, most of whom have transferred
only a limited number of their business processes offshore. We
intend to leverage our expertise in providing comprehensive
process solutions by seeking to identify additional processes
that can be transferred offshore, cross-selling new services,
adding technology-based offerings, and expanding and deepening
our existing relationships. We have dedicated account managers
tasked with maintaining a thorough understanding of our
clients outsourcing roadmaps as well as identifying and
advocating new offshoring opportunities. As a result of this
strategy, we have a strong track record of extending the scope
of our client relationships over time.
Enhance awareness of the WNS brand name
Our reputation for operational excellence among our clients has
been instrumental in attracting and retaining new clients as
well as talented and qualified employees. We believe we have
benefited from strong
word-of-mouth brand
equity in the past. However, as the scale of the offshore
business process outsourcing market grows, we will seek to
increase client awareness of the WNS brand in our target markets
and among potential employees. We also intend to focus on
building market awareness of our industry expertise through
exposure in industry publications and participation in industry
conferences. In order to achieve this enhanced awareness, we are
investing in hiring new senior marketing professionals.
64
Reinforce leadership in existing industries and penetrate
new industry sectors
We have a highly successful industry-focused operating model
through which we have established a leading offshore business
process outsourcing practice in the travel and BFSI sectors. We
intend to leverage our in-depth knowledge of these industries to
penetrate additional sectors within these industries. For
example, in the travel sector, we believe that there are
potential opportunities we can exploit in the hotel,
cruise-liner and car rental sectors. In addition, we intend to
develop our existing expertise in emerging businesses such as
the manufacturing, logistics, retail, utilities and professional
services industries. We intend to leverage our enterprise
services and knowledge services, which are applicable across
multiple industries, to first penetrate these targeted
industries and thereafter build specific industry expertise to
achieve scale with an objective of establishing new
industry-focused business units.
Broaden industry expertise and enhance growth through
selective acquisitions
Our acquisition strategy is focused on adding new capabilities
and industry expertise. Our acquisition track record
demonstrates our ability to integrate, manage and develop the
specific capabilities we acquire. Our intention is to continue
to pursue targeted acquisitions in the future and to rely on our
integration capabilities to expand the growth of our business.
Business Process Outsourcing Service Offerings
We offer our services to three main categories of clients
through industry-focused business units. First, we serve clients
in the travel industry, including airlines, travel
intermediaries and other related service providers, for whom we
perform services such as customer service and revenue
accounting. Second, we serve clients in the BFSI industry, for
whom we perform services such as loan processing and insurance
claims management. Third, we serve clients in several other
industries including manufacturing, retail, logistics, utilities
and professional services, which we refer to as emerging
businesses. In addition to industry-specific services, we offer
a range of services across multiple industries, in areas such as
finance and accounting, human resources and supply chain
management, which we collectively refer to as enterprise
services, and in the areas of market, business and financial
research and analytical services, which we refer to as knowledge
services. This structure is depicted in the graphic below:
To achieve in-depth understanding of our clients
industries and provide industry-specific services, each business
unit is staffed by a dedicated team of managers and employees
engaged in providing business process outsourcing client
solutions, and has its own operations, sales, finance, human
resources and training teams. In addition, each business unit
draws upon common support services from our information
technology, corporate
65
communications, corporate finance, risk management and legal
departments, which we refer to as our corporate-enabling units.
Travel
According to the NASSCOM-McKinsey report, the travel and
hospitality industry presented an addressable offshore business
process outsourcing opportunity estimated to be between
$10 billion and $12 billion in fiscal 2005. The
current penetration by offshore business process outsourcing
providers is approximately 3%, leaving considerable growth
potential. We believe that we currently have the largest and
most diverse service offering among offshore business process
outsourcing service providers in the travel domain.
Our service portfolio includes processes that support air, car,
hotel, marine and packaged travel services offered by our
clients. The key travel industry sectors we serve include:
|
|
|
airlines; |
|
|
travel intermediaries; and |
|
|
others such as global distribution systems and network providers. |
We serve a diverse client base in this business unit that
includes Air Canada, British Airways, SITA and Travelocity. We
also serve 15 other airlines and nine travel intermediaries. As
of March 31, 2006, we had approximately 4,600 employees
working in this business unit, several hundred of whom possess
International Air Transport Association, or IATA,
certifications. In fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, this business
unit represented 30.9% and 28.9% of our revenue and 42.3% and
47.3% of our revenue less repair payments.
The following graphic illustrates the key areas in which we
provide services to clients in this business unit:
Case Study. We were retained by a major airline client
that was faced with increasing competitive pressure from
low-cost carriers and needed to reduce its costs. We worked with
this client to develop an offshore business process outsourcing
strategy to fundamentally alter its service delivery model with
the goal of increasing its cost efficiency. We initially started
providing business process outsourcing services to this client
with 12 employees handling a single process. As of
March 31, 2006, approximately 1,250 employees were
executing over 80 different processes for this client,
which included a variety of complex processes. We categorize
these processes into six broad areas:
|
|
|
customer interaction: customer complaint resolution, loyalty
program management; |
|
|
passenger revenue accounting: refunds, fare audit, ticket coupon
matching, sales accounting; |
66
|
|
|
cargo operations and accounting: scheduling, booking, flight
planning, mail revenue accounting; |
|
|
revenue management: seat allocation, processing meal requests,
yield maximization through inventory management, fare filing,
fare construction and quotation; |
|
|
reporting and analytics: aircraft load factor, costs, market
share, revenue and competition reports; and |
|
|
other miscellaneous services: updating employee records,
calculation of medical leave and overtime for staff. |
We believe that by transferring these processes to us, the
client has achieved significant cost savings, and increased its
levels of end-customer satisfaction. These benefits are in
addition to process-specific productivity improvements such as
higher quality and accuracy levels.
BFSI
According to the NASSCOM-McKinsey report, two sectors of the
BFSI industry presented an addressable offshore business process
outsourcing opportunity estimated to be between $60 billion
and $75 billion in fiscal 2005, with current penetration
estimated to be below 9%. Of this addressable market,
approximately $35 billion to $40 billion is
attributable to the retail banking sector and approximately
$25 billion to $35 billion is attributable to the
insurance sector. In 2005, we were ranked as the leading
insurance outsourcer in India by Global Outsourcing. We also
have growing expertise in the retail and mortgage banking, and
asset management sectors.
The key BFSI industry sectors we serve are:
|
|
|
integrated financial institutions; |
|
|
mortgage banks and investors in mortgage-backed securities; |
|
|
financial advisory service providers; |
|
|
life, property and casualty, and health insurers; |
|
|
insurance brokers and loss assessors; and |
|
|
self-insured auto fleet owners. |
We serve a diverse client base in this business unit that
includes AVIVA, First Magnus Financial Corporation, IndyMac Bank
and Marsh. We also serve a large US-based financial advisory
provider, a top ten UK auto insurer, a large insurance loss
adjuster, several self-insured fleet owners and several
mortgage-related companies. As of March 31, 2006, we had
approximately 2,600 employees working in this business
unit. In fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005, revenue from this business
unit represented 55.6% and 61.4% of our revenue and revenue less
repair payments from this business unit represented 39.1% and
36.8% of our revenue less repair payments.
67
The following graphic illustrates the key areas in which we
provide services to clients in this business unit:
In the areas of retail and mortgage banking, we offer an
integrated service delivery solution called Digital Loan
Management, or DLM, which combines automated mortgage processing
with offshore delivery. Our BFSI business unit also includes our
auto claims business, branded WNS Assistance, which is comprised
of our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment. WNS Assistance offers a
blended onshore-offshore delivery model that enables us to
handle the entire automobile insurance claims cycle. We offer
comprehensive accident management services to our clients where
we arrange for repair of automobiles through a network of repair
centers. We also offer claims management services where we
process accident insurance claims for our clients. Our employees
receive telephone calls reporting automobile accidents, generate
electronic insurance claim forms and arrange for automobile
repairs in cases of automobile damage. We also provide third
party claims handling services including the administration and
settlement of property and bodily injury claims while providing
repair management and rehabilitation services to our insured and
self-insured fleet clients and the end-customers of our
insurance company clients. Our service for uninsured losses
focuses on recovering repair costs and legal expenses directly
from negligent third parties. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Results by Reportable Segment.
Case Study. We were engaged by a leading
US residential mortgage lender, measured by volume, to
develop and execute its long-term offshore business process
outsourcing strategy, based on our domain expertise and specific
focus on mortgage banking. We executed the engagement in a
phased manner where low-risk processes such as document indexing
were moved offshore first, followed by more complex processes
which required a significant degree of specialized training and
customization. Since the inception of this relationship in 2003,
we have deployed over 400 employees on more than 30 business
processes, including integrated data and voice processes, such
as loan set-up, underwriting and closing. In moving these
processes offshore, the client has benefited by reducing its
operational costs, obtaining quicker turnaround times on
transactions, improving accuracy, quality and capacity
management, and gaining an ability to focus on its core
competencies of customer acquisition and new product development.
Emerging Businesses
Our emerging businesses unit addresses the needs of the
manufacturing, logistics, retail, utilities and professional
services industries. We believe these industries are at a
nascent stage of offshore business process outsourcing adoption,
and therefore present significant opportunities for growth.
68
We serve a diverse client base including Centrica, GfK and
Tesco. As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately 2,500
employees in this business unit. In fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005,
this business unit represented 13.5% and 9.7% of our revenue and
18.6% and 15.9% of our revenue less repair payments.
Our strategy for the emerging businesses unit is to nurture and
develop emerging industry-specific capabilities up to a point of
critical mass from which new industry-focused operating units
may emerge. We utilize two core service capabilities to
penetrate emerging businesses. These capabilities are broadly
classified as:
|
|
|
Enterprise Services, focused on finance and accounting, human
resource and supply chain management services; and |
|
|
Knowledge Services, focused on market, business and financial
research and analytical services. |
Enterprise Services
Our enterprise services business unit focuses on various
functions that are critical to our clients businesses.
These functions include corporate and transactional accounting,
payroll and benefits administration, order entry and tracking,
and inbound supply chain and vendor management. The following
graphic illustrates the key enterprise services we provide:
Case Study. One of the leading global players in the
retail industry retained us in July 2003 to outsource its
300-person finance and accounting and payroll operations. The
client selected us based on our reputation for operational
excellence and experience in transferring processes offshore.
Our senior program managers worked with the client for three
months on a diagnostic study to create a roadmap for offshoring
various business functions. This involved undertaking a detailed
evaluation of existing business processes and technology
solutions and preparing a transfer plan. Commencing in October
2003, we started the transfer of the corporate and commercial
payables processes. In a short span of six months, through our
interaction with the client and evaluation of existing business
processes, we started to gain an in-depth understanding of the
clients business processes. As a result, the client
accelerated the transfer of larger, more complex and critical
processes such as invoice reconciliation, supplier dispute
handling, payroll processing and benefits administration to us.
By September 2004, we were handling comprehensive payables and
payroll functions for this client. We have delivered process
efficiencies and business improvements for the client, including
cycle-time optimization, reduction in usage of one-time vendors,
reduction in duplicate payment recoveries and increase in
invoice pass rates, while continually building stronger control
frameworks and enhancing levels of service for the clients
business.
69
Knowledge Services
In the knowledge services area, we offer market, business and
financial research and analytical services. Our services include
complex and high-end analytics which require specialized skill
sets. Many of our employees in this area have graduate degrees
in statistics, management or accounting, which we believe
enables us to secure higher rates for their services as compared
to the rates for our other processes. The following graphic
illustrates the key knowledge services we provide:
Case Study. A leading UK-based market research firm
retained us in 2000 to outsource its data processing
requirements. This relationship commenced with a two-member team
collating and tabulating market research data using
sophisticated statistical analysis. In 2003, we expanded our
relationship with this client to provide similar services for
its North American operations. In 2004, we further expanded our
service offerings to include data collection and telephone
interviews to collect questionnaire responses. We also started
providing research support services which are designed to assist
the clients service staff by undertaking tasks such as
checking the quality of the outputs from various functions,
graphically representing the data, basic data interpretation and
advanced statistical analysis. As of January 2006, we had over
140 employees working on over 700 market research projects for
this client. We believe that our services have enabled the
client to compete more effectively in its market.
Sales and Marketing
The offshore business process outsourcing services sales cycle
is time consuming and complex in nature. The extended sales
cycle generally includes initiating client contact, submitting
requests for information and proposals for client business,
facilitating client visits to our operational facilities,
performing diagnostics studies and conducting pilot
implementations to test our delivery capabilities. Due to the
complex nature of our sales cycle, we have organized our sales
teams by business units and staffed them with professionals who
have specialized industry knowledge. This industry focus enables
our sales teams to better understand the prospective
clients business needs and offer appropriate
industry-focused solutions.
As of March 31, 2006, we had 70 sales and sales
support professionals, with 20 based in the UK,
23 based in the US and 27 based in India. Our sales
teams work closely with our sales support team in India, which
provides critical analytical support throughout the sales cycle.
Our front-line sales teams are responsible for identifying and
initiating discussions with prospective clients, and selling
services in new areas to existing clients. We have strategically
recruited our sales teams primarily from the US and the UK.
70
We also assign dedicated account managers to each of our key
clients. These managers work
day-to-day with the
client and our service delivery teams to address the
clients needs. More importantly, by using the detailed
understanding of the clients business and outsourcing
objectives gained through this close interaction, our account
managers actively identify and target additional processes that
can be outsourced to us. Through this methodology, we have
developed a strong track record of increasing our sales to
existing clients over time.
Clients
As of March 31, 2006, we had a diverse client base of over
125 significant clients across a variety of industries and
process types, including companies that we believe are among the
leading players in their respective industries. We define
significant clients as those who represent an ongoing business
commitment to us, which includes substantially all of our
clients within our WNS Global BPO segment and some of our
clients within our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment. In addition, as
of March 31, 2006, we had over 230 ancillary clients
related to our WNS Auto Claims BPO segment. These clients offer
only occasional business to us because of the small size of
their automobile fleets and the consequent infrequent
requirement of our auto claims services.
We believe the diversity in our client profile differentiates us
from our competitors. See Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition Overview
Revenue for additional information on our client base.
In fiscal 2006, the following were among our top 25 clients
(including their affiliates) by revenue:
|
|
|
Air Canada
|
|
Marsh |
AVIVA
|
|
SITA |
British Airways
|
|
Tesco |
First Magnus Financial Corporation
|
|
Travelocity |
GfK
|
|
Virgin Atlantic Airways |
IndyMac Bank
|
|
|
The table below sets forth the number of our clients by revenue
less repair payments for the periods indicated. We believe that
the growth in the number of clients who generate more than
$1 million of annual revenue less repair payments indicates
our ability to extend the depth of our relationships with
existing clients over time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended March 31, | |
|
|
| |
|
|
2006 | |
|
2005 | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
Below $1 million
|
|
|
109 |
|
|
|
88 |
|
$1 million to $5 million
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
$5 million to $10 million
|
|
|
0 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
More than $10 million
|
|
|
4 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
Competition
Competition in the business process outsourcing services
industry is intense and growing steadily. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Business We
face competition from onshore and offshore based business
process outsourcing companies and from information technology
companies that also offer business process outsourcing services.
Our clients may also choose to run their business processes
themselves, either in their home countries or through captive
units located offshore. We compete primarily with:
|
|
|
Focused business process outsourcing service companies based in
offshore locations like India, such as Genpact and ExlService
Holdings Inc.; |
|
|
Business process outsourcing divisions of numerous information
technology service companies located in India such as Progeon,
owned by Infosys Technologies Limited, Tata Consultancy Services
Limited and Wipro BPO, owned by Wipro Technologies Limited; and |
|
|
Global companies such as Accenture Ltd, Affiliated Computer
Services Inc., Electronic Data Systems or, EDS, and
International Business Machines Corporation, or IBM, which
provide an array of products |
71
|
|
|
and services including broad-based information technology,
software, consulting and business process outsourcing services. |
In addition, departments of certain companies may choose to
perform their business processes in-house, in some cases via an
owned and operated facility in an offshore location such as
India. Their employees provide these services as part of their
regular business operations.
While companies such as Infosys (through its business process
outsourcing subsidiary, Progeon) and Tata Consulting can offer
clients integrated information technology and business
outsourcing services, we believe these companies focus on
information technology as their core business. Global companies
such as Accenture and IBM have significant client relationships
and information technology capabilities, but we believe these
companies are at a disadvantage in the offshore business process
outsourcing business on account of their relatively limited
offshore focus.
We compete against other offshore business process
outsourcing-focused entities like Genpact and ExlServices
Holdings Inc. by seeking to provide industry-focused services
with an offshore focus and building on our track record of
operational excellence.
Intellectual Property
We use a combination of our clients software systems,
third-party software platforms and systems and, in some cases,
our own proprietary software and platforms to provide our
services. Our principal proprietary software includes our
platform for passenger revenue accounting called JADE, which we
use in our travel business unit. In addition, we have an
exclusive license to use an auto claims software platform called
Claimsflo in the insurance market until 2012. Our proprietary
and licensed software allows us to market our services with an
integrated solution that combines a technology platform with our
core business process outsourcing service offering.
We customarily enter into licensing and non-disclosure
agreements with our clients with respect to the use of their
software systems and platforms. Our contracts usually provide
that all intellectual property created for the use of our
clients will be assigned to them. Our employees are also
required to sign confidentiality agreements as a condition to
their employment.
We have registered the trademark WNS and
WNS-Extending Your Enterprise in the US and India
(in certain relevant categories) and have applied to register
these trademarks in the European Union.
Technology
We have a dedicated team of technology experts who support
clients at each stage of their engagement with us. The team
conducts diagnostic studies for prospective clients and designs
and executes technology solutions to enable offshore execution
and management of the clients business processes. We also
have wireless-area-network, or WAN, local-area-network, or LAN,
and desktop teams that focus on creating and maintaining our
large pool of approximately 6,100 workstations and seek to
ensure that our associates face minimal loss in time and
efficiency in their work processes.
We have a well-developed international telecommunications
infrastructure. We use a global wide area network, which we
refer to as the WNSNet to connect our clients data centers
in the UK, Europe, North America and Asia with our delivery
centers. WNSNet has extensive security and virus protection
capabilities built in to protect the privacy of our clients and
their customers and to protect against computer virus attacks.
We believe our telecommunications network is adaptable to our
clients legacy systems as well as to new and emerging
technologies. Our telecommunications network is supported by a
24/7 network management system. Our network is designed to
eliminate any
single-point-of-failure
in the delivery of services to clients.
Process and Quality Assurance and Risk Management
Our process and quality assurance compliance programs are
critical to the success of our operations. We have an
independent quality assurance team to monitor, analyze, provide
feedback on and report process
72
performance and compliance. Our company-wide quality management
system, which includes over 250 quality assurance analysts,
satisfies the International Standard Organization 9001:2000
standards for quality management systems. We have adopted the
Six Sigma, a statistical methodology for improving consistent
quality across processes quality management principles as a way
of improving the operation of our clients processes and
providing a consistent level of service quality to our clients.
As of December 31, 2005, more than 70 of our projects were
being run according to Six Sigma principles. We undertake
periodic audits of both our information systems policy and
implemented controls.
Our risk management framework focuses on two important elements:
business continuity planning and information security.
Our approach to business continuity planning involves
implementation of an organization-wide business continuity
management framework which includes continual self-assessment,
strategy formulation, execution and review. Our business
continuity strategy leverages our expanding network of delivery
centers for operational and technological risk mitigation in the
event of a disaster. To manage our business continuity planning
program, we employ a dedicated team of experienced
professionals. A customized business continuity strategy is
developed for key clients, depending on their specific
requirements. For mission-critical processes, operations are
typically split across multiple delivery centers in accordance
with client-approved customized business continuity plans.
Our approach to information security involves implementation of
an organization-wide information security management system, or
ISMS, which complies with the British Standards 7799:2002 for
optimal implementation of systems to manage organizational
information security risks. This standard seeks to ensure that
sensitive company information remains secure. Currently,
information security systems at five delivery centers are
British Standards 7799:2002 certified, and we expect to seek
similar certifications in our other delivery centers.
In addition, our clients, particularly those in the BFSI
industry, are governed by several regulations specific to their
industries in their home jurisdictions. We identify the
process-specific compliance requirements of our clients
typically related to regulations such as the Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act and the Financial Services
Act in the UK and help them maintain compliance in their
business processes by implementing control and monitoring
procedures. The control and monitoring procedures defined by
this function are separate from and in addition to our periodic
internal audits.
Human Capital
As of March 31, 2006, we had 10,433 employees, of whom
approximately 9,700 were employees who execute client
operations, or associates. Approximately 9,200 associates are
based in India, with around 250 in each of Sri Lanka and the UK.
Most of our associates hold university degrees. As of
March 31, 2005 and 2004, we had 7,176 and 4,472 employees.
Our employees are not unionized and we have never experienced
any work stoppages. We believe that our employee relations are
good. We focus heavily on recruiting, training and retaining our
employees.
We believe that we have developed effective human resource
strategies and a strong track record in recruiting. As part of
our recruiting strategy we encourage candidates to view joining
our organization as choosing a long-term career in the field of
travel, BFSI or another specific industry or service area. We
use a combination of recruitment from college campuses and
professional institutes, via recruitment agencies, job portals,
advertisements and walk-in applications. In addition, a
significant number of our applicants are referrals by existing
employees. We currently recruit an average of 450 employees
per month.
In fiscal 2006, our overall attrition rate for all associates,
following a six-month probationary period, was approximately
30%. We believe this rate is lower than that of our competitors
in the offshore business process outsourcing industry.
73
Training and Development
We devote significant resources to the training and development
of our associates. Our training typically covers modules in
leadership and client processes, including the functional
aspects of client processes such as quality and transfer.
Training for new associates may also include behavioral and
process training as well as culture, voice and accent training,
as required by our clients. We have established the WNS Learning
Academy where we offer specialized skills development, such as
interviewing, coaching and presentation skills, and leadership
development programs for associates as they move up the
corporate hierarchy. The WNS Learning Academy is staffed with
over 100 full-time trainers. We customize our training
programs in accordance with the nature of the clients
business, the country in which the client operates and the
services the client requires. By offering such training
programs, we seek to ensure that associates who assume
leadership positions within our organization are equipped with
the necessary skills.
Facilities
We currently have an installed capacity of approximately 6,100
workstations, or seats, that can operate on an uninterrupted
24/7 basis and can be staffed on a three-shift per day basis. We
lease all of our properties, and most of our leases are
renewable at our option. We also have two sales offices in the
US and one in the UK. The following table describes, as of
March 31, 2006, each of our delivery centers, including
centers under construction, and sets forth our lease expiration
dates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Space | |
|
Number of | |
|
|
|
Extendable | |
Location |
|
(square feet) | |
|
Workstations/Seats | |
|
Lease Expiration(3) | |
|
Until(4) | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
India:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mumbai
|
|
|
84,429 |
|
|
|
1,059 |
|
|
|
April 30, 2008 |
|
|
|
May 15, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
15,323 |
|
|
|
177 |
|
|
|
April 30, 2008 |
|
|
|
April 30, 2008 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99,752 |
|
|
|
1,236 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gurgaon
|
|
|
90,995 |
|
|
|
763 |
|
|
|
October 31, 2008 |
|
|
|
April 30, 2014 |
|
|
Pune-WNS
|
|
|
142,800 |
|
|
|
1,778 |
|
|
|
December 31, 2006 |
|
|
|
March 31, 2010 |
|
|
Pune-NTrance(1)
|
|
|
66,460 |
|
|
|
900 |
|
|
|
March 10, 2007 |
|
|
|
March 9, 2014 |
|
|
Nashik
|
|
|
13,825 |
|
|
|
277 |
|
|
|
April 30, 2007 |
|
|
|
December 30, 2009 |
|
|
|
|
32,686 |
|
|
|
550 |
|
|
|
September 30, 2007 |
|
|
|
December 30, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,511 |
|
|
|
827 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pune-WNS
(2)
|
|
|
36,700 |
|
|
|
354 |
|
|
|
February 2, 2011 |
|
|
|
February 2, 2011 |
|
|
Mumbai(2)
|
|
|
37,000 |
|
|
|
411 |
|
|
|
May 1, 2015 |
|
|
|
May 1, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
69,811 |
|
|
|
776 |
|
|
|
May 30, 2009 |
|
|
|
May 30, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
13,770 |
|
|
|
205 |
|
|
|
May 1, 2015 |
|
|
|
May 1, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,581 |
|
|
|
1,392 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gurgaon
(2)
|
|
|
51,244 |
|
|
|
661 |
|
|
|
September 30, 2010 |
|
|
|
March 31, 2015 |
|
Sri
Lanka:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Colombo
|
|
|
30,000 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
July 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
July 31, 2007 |
|
UK:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ipswich
|
|
|
43,802 |
|
|
|
143 |
|
|
|
August 27, 2010 |
|
|
|
August 27, 2010 |
|
|
Broadstairs
|
|
|
7,200 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
December 31, 2007 |
|
|
|
December 31, 2007 |
|
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
We use these delivery centers to provide services to one of our
major clients. Our contracts with this client provide the client
with an option to require us to transfer the relevant project
and operations, including these delivery centers to |
74
|
|
|
that client. See Risk
Factors Risks Related to Our Business We
may lose some or all of the revenue generated by one of our
major clients.
|
|
(2) |
Under construction. Number of
workstations/seats is based on our estimates of
workstations/seats available upon completion of construction of
the respective facilities.
|
|
(3) |
In each of our Mumbai and Nashik
facilities, we have two separate lease agreements with different
expiration/ extension option dates.
|
|
(4) |
Reflects the expiration date if
each of our applicable extension options are exercised.
|
Our delivery centers are equipped with fiber optic connectivity
and have backups to their power supply designed to achieve
uninterrupted operations. In fiscal 2007, we intend to open new
delivery centers in Pune and Mumbai, and to expand our
operations by creating additional workstations in Gurgaon.
Regulations
Due to the industry and geographic diversity of our operations
and services, our operations are subject to a variety of rules
and regulations, and several Indian, Sri Lankan, UK and US
federal and state agencies regulate various aspects of our
business. See Risk Factors Risks Related to
our Business Failure to adhere to the regulations
that govern our business could result in us being unable to
effectively perform our services. Failure to adhere to
regulations that govern our clients business could have an
adverse impact on our operations.
Regulation of our industry by the Indian government affects our
business in several ways. We benefit from certain tax incentives
promulgated by the Indian government, including a tax holiday
from Indian corporate income taxes for the operation of most of
our Indian facilities, which will begin to expire in stages from
April 1, 2006 through March 31, 2009. As a result of
these incentives, our operations have been subject to lower
Indian tax liabilities. In addition to this tax holiday, our
Indian subsidiaries are also entitled to certain benefits under
relevant state legislation/regulations. These benefits include
preferential allotment of land in industrial areas developed by
the state agencies, incentives for captive power generation,
rebates and waivers in relation to payments for transfer of
property and registration (including for purchase or lease of
premises) and commercial usage of electricity. Our subsidiaries
in India are also subject to certain currency transfer
restrictions. See Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies
Income Taxes and Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Critical Accounting Policies
Foreign Currency Translation.
Legal Proceedings
We are defendants in legal proceedings relating to our leasehold
rights for a property on which part of our operations facility
in Nashik, India, is situated. The plaintiffs contend that the
lease is invalid and seek to evict us from this facility. This
suit has not yet been admitted to the courts. We believe that
the suit is without merit and will vigorously defend it. In the
event that our defense is not successful, we expect the direct
financial impact of an unsuccessful defense would be minimal,
although an eviction could cause a disruption to our operations
if we are unable to find a suitable alternative location. Except
for the above, as of the date of this prospectus, we are not a
party to any other legal proceedings that could reasonably be
expected to materially harm our company.
On June 6, 2006, we received a notice from the Indian
Office of Service Tax requiring us to explain why the tax
authorities should not recover from us service tax amounting to
Rs. 157.9 million for the period March 1, 2003 to
January 31, 2005 in respect of the business process
outsourcing services provided by us to certain of our clients.
In addition, the notice asks us to explain why penalty and
interest should not be assessed in connection with this tax. We
have been advised by legal counsel that this tax demand, if
levied, is not tenable under Indian law. We are in the process
of preparing and filing our response to the notice in
consultation with legal counsel and we intend to contest the
demand, if any.
75
MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
Effective upon the completion of this offering, our board of
directors will consist of seven directors.
The following table sets forth certain information regarding our
directors and executive officers as of the date of this
prospectus and individuals who will become our directors
effective upon the completion of this offering. This table also
indicates which individuals will continue as our directors
following the completion of this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Age | |
|
Designation |
|
|
| |
|
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ramesh N. Shah
|
|
|
57 |
|
|
Chairman of
Board(1)(2) |
Neeraj Bhargava
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
Co-Founder of WNS (Holdings) Limited, Director and Group Chief
Executive
Officer(2) |
Zubin Dubash
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
Director and Group Chief Financial
Officer(3) |
Pulak Prasad
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
Director(2) |
Nitin Sibal
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
Director(3) |
Miriam Strouse
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
Director(3) |
Jeremy Young
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
Director(2) |
Guy Sochovsky
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
Director(2) |
Timothy Hammond
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Director(3) |
New Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eric B. Herr
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
Director(4) |
Deepak S. Parekh
|
|
|
61 |
|
|
Director(4) |
Executive
Officers(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Charles Tibble
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
Co-Founder of WNS (Holdings) Limited and Chairman, WNS UK |
Anup Gupta
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer Travel Services |
Edwin Donald Harrell
|
|
|
41 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer WNS Assistance |
J.J. Selvadurai
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer Enterprise Services |
Other Managers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alan Stephen Dunning
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
Co-Founder of WNS (Holdings) Limited, Managing Director, WNS UK |
Lyndon Rodrigues
|
|
|
45 |
|
|
Chief Information Officer |
Amit Bhatia
|
|
|
37 |
|
|
Chief Executive Officer Knowledge Services |
Notes:
|
|
(1) |
Currently acting as Interim Chief Executive Officer
Banking, Financial Services and Insurance, or BFSI, (excluding
WNS Assistance). |
|
(2) |
Individuals who will continue as our directors following the
completion of this offering. |
|
(3) |
Individuals who will resign as our directors effective upon the
completion of this offering. |
|
(4) |
Individuals who will become our directors effective upon the
completion of this offering. |
|
(5) |
Other than executive officers who also are directors. |
Summarized below is relevant biographical information covering
at least the past five years for each of our current directors,
individuals who will become our directors effective upon the
completion of this offering, executive officers and other
managers.
76
Directors
Ramesh N. Shah is our Chairman and was appointed to our
board of directors on July 14, 2005. Mr. Shah is based
in New York. In addition to his role as Chairman of the Board,
he mentors our North American sales team and manages key
external stakeholder relationships. He is also the interim chief
executive officer of our BFSI business unit (excluding WNS
Assistance). Prior to WNS, he was the chief executive officer
for the Retail Banking division at GreenPoint Bank and has held
senior positions at American Express, Shearson and Natwest.
Mr. Shah received a Master of Business Administration from
Columbia University and a Bachelor of Arts degree from Bates
College. The business address for Mr. Shah is 420 Lexington
Avenue, Suite 2515, New York, New York 10170, USA.
Neeraj Bhargava is a co-founder of WNS (Holdings) Limited
and Group Chief Executive Officer and was appointed to our board
of directors on May 17, 2004. Mr. Bhargava is based in
Mumbai, India. Mr. Bhargavas responsibilities as
Chief Executive Officer include executing our business strategy
and managing the overall performance and growth of our
organization. Prior to co-founding WNS (Holdings) Limited in
2002, Mr. Bhargava served as managing partner of eVentures
India, a venture fund developing businesses in offshore
services. He was also a partner at McKinsey & Company,
where he worked in the New York, London and Mumbai offices. He
co-authored the 1999 McKinsey-NASSCOM report on the business
process outsourcing sector. Mr. Bhargava received a Master
of Business Administration from the Stern School of Business,
New York University, and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics
from St. Stephens College, Delhi University. The business
address for Mr. Bhargava is Gate 4, Godrej &
Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli West, Mumbai 400 079,
India.
Zubin Dubash is our Group Chief Financial Officer and was
appointed to our board of directors on January 26, 2006.
Mr. Dubash is based in Mumbai, India.
Mr. Dubashs responsibilities as Chief Financial
Officer include finance and accounting, legal and regulatory
compliance and risk management. Prior to joining us,
Mr. Dubash was an executive director of the Indian Hotels
Company Limited (a Tata Group company). Mr. Dubash received
a Bachelor of Commerce Degree from Sydenham College, Bombay
University in 1979 and a Master of Business Administration from
The Wharton School in 1986. He is a member of Institute of
Chartered Accountants in England and Wales. Mr. Dubash is
also a director of Trent Limited (a Tata Group company). The
business address for Mr. Dubash is Gate 4,
Godrej & Boyce Complex, Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli West,
Mumbai 400 079, India.
Pulak Prasad was appointed to our board of directors as a
nominee of Warburg Pincus on February 21, 2002.
Mr. Prasad joined Warburg Pincus in 1998 and focuses on the
firms investment activities in India. Previously he was an
engagement manager with McKinsey & Company, primarily
working with financial institutions and technology companies in
India, the US and South Africa. In addition, he worked with
Unilever in India. He received a Bachelor of Technology degree
from the Indian Institute of Technology, Delhi and a Post
Graduate Diploma in Management from the Indian Institute of
Management, Ahmedabad. In addition to serving as our director,
he is also a director of Bharti Tele-Ventures Limited,
Rediff.com India Limited, Venture Infotek Global Private
Limited, Sintex Industries Limited and Radhakrishna Foodlands
Private Limited. The business address of Mr. Prasad is
Warburg Pincus Private Limited, Express Towers, 7th Floor,
Nariman Point, Mumbai 400 021, India.
Nitin Sibal was appointed to our board of directors as a
nominee of Warburg Pincus on February 21, 2002.
Mr. Sibal joined Warburg Pincus in 2000. Prior to joining
Warburg Pincus, he was with Goldman Sachs in Singapore. He
received a Bachelor of Science degree in Economics from the
University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business
Administration from The Wharton School. In addition to serving
as our director, he is also a director of Max India Limited and
Max Healthcare Institute Limited. The business address of
Mr. Sibal is 7th Floor, Express Towers, Nariman Point,
Mumbai 400 021, India.
Miriam Strouse was appointed to our board of directors as
a nominee of Warburg Pincus on July 3, 2002.
Mrs. Strouse joined Warburg Pincus in 2002 and focuses on
business process outsourcing and human capital management
investing. Previously, Mrs. Strouse was a principal at
General Atlantic Partners. Mrs. Strouse also worked as a
financial analyst at Credit Suisse First Boston. She received a
Bachelor of Arts degree in history and African studies from
Trinity College and an Honors diploma in African studies from the
77
University of Cape Town in South Africa. Mrs. Strouse is
also a director of Bridgepoint Education and Tiltgrange Limited.
The business address for Mrs. Strouse is Warburg Pincus,
466 Lexington Avenue, 10th Floor, New York, New York
10017, USA.
Jeremy Young was appointed to our board of directors as a
nominee of Warburg Pincus on May 5, 2004. Mr. Young
held various positions at Baxter Healthcare International, Booz,
Allen & Hamilton International and Cellular Transplant/
Cytotherapeutics before he joined Warburg Pincus in 1992. He
received a Master of Arts degree in English from Cambridge
University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard
Business School. He focuses on business services and is also a
director of WP Maverick Ltd, Fibernet Communications and
Warburg Pincus Roaming II S.A. The business address for
Mr. Young is Warburg Pincus International LLC, Almack
House, 28 King Street, St. James, London,
SW1Y 6QW, England.
Guy Sochovsky was appointed to our board of directors as
a nominee of Warburg Pincus on January 26, 2006.
Mr. Sochovsky joined Warburg Pincus in February 2000 and
focuses on business services investments. Prior to joining
Warburg Pincus, Mr. Sochovsky was with Goldman Sachs in
London. He received a Bachelor of Arts, Honors degree in Modern
History from Oxford University in 1997. Mr. Sochovsky is
also a director of Warburg Pincus Roaming II S.A. The
business address for Mr. Sochovsky is Warburg Pincus
International LLC, Almack House, 28 King Street,
St. James, London, SW1Y 6QW, England.
Timothy Hammond was appointed to our board of directors
as a nominee of British Airways on March 1, 2006.
Mr. Hammond has been a Senior Manager in Investments and
Joint Ventures at British Airways for five years. Prior to
joining British Airways, he was the chief financial officer for
the e-procurement
portal OneSea.com. Before joining OneSea.com, Mr. Hammond
worked as an investment banker for 12 years, including two
years as a director at Merrill Lynch in New York. He received a
Master of Arts degree in Medical Sciences from Cambridge
University. The business address for Mr. Hammond is British
Airways plc, Waterside, P.O. Box 365, Harmondsworth,
Middlesex, UB7 OGB, England.
New Directors
Eric B. Herr will become a member of our board of
directors effective upon the completion of this offering.
Mr. Herr is based in the United States. He currently serves
as the Chairman of the board of directors for Workscape Inc.
(since 2005) and as a director of Taleo Corporation (since
2002). He also serves as the Chairman of the audit committee of
Taleo Corporation. Previously, Mr. Herr served as Chief
Financial Officer of Autodesk, Inc. (1990 to 1997).
Mr. Herr received a Master of Arts degree in Economics from
Indiana University and a Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics
from Kenyon College. The business address for Mr. Herr is
P.O. Box 719, Bristol, NH 03222, USA.
Deepak S. Parekh will become a member of our board of
directors effective upon the completion of this offering.
Mr. Parekh is based in Mumbai, India. He currently serves
as the Chairman (since 1993) and Chief Executive Officer of
Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited
(HDFC), a housing finance company in India which he
joined in 1978. Mr. Parekh is the non-executive Chairman
(since 1998) of one of our clients, GlaxoSmithKline
Pharmaceuticals Ltd. Mr. Parekh is also a director on the
board of several Indian public companies such as Siemens Ltd.
(since 2003), HDFC Chubb General Insurance Co. Ltd. (since
2002), HDFC Standard Life Insurance Co. Ltd. (since 2000), HDFC
Asset Management Co. Ltd (since 2000) and The Indian Hotels Co.
Ltd. (since 2000). He was a board member of ICI India Ltd (1997
to 2003), National Thermal Power Corporation (2002 to 2003), The
Dharamsi Morarji Chemicals Co. Ltd. (1988 to 2003), Pathfinder
Investment Co. Pvt. Ltd (1994 to 2004), Automart India Ltd.
(2000 to 2002) and Asset Reconstruction Company (I) Ltd.
(2002 to 2004). He was awarded the Businessman of the
Year in 1996 from Business India. Mr. Parekh was also
awarded the Padma Bhushan in 2006 for his
contribution in the field of trade and industry. The Padma
Bhushan is an award conferred by the President of India
and is given for distinguished services in any field.
Mr. Parekh received a Bachelor of Commerce degree from the
Bombay University and holds a Financial Chartered Accountant
degree from England and Wales. The business address for
Mr. Parekh is Housing Development Finance Corporation
Limited, Ramon House, H.T. Parekh Marg, 169 Backbay
Reclamation, Churchgate, Mumbai 400020, India.
78
Executive Officers
David Charles Tibble is a co-founder of WNS (Holdings)
Limited and Chairman, WNS UK. He is based in the UK and has
been instrumental in our development as a business process
outsourcing industry leader over the last four years.
Mr. Tibble served as our Chairman from 2002 to 2006 and
currently mentors our emerging businesses unit. He also manages
several critical client and external relationships. Prior to
joining us, Mr. Tibble served as Group Finance Director of
Hays plc, a FTSE 100 listed outsourcing company in the UK,
where he founded and headed their 6,000-person Business Process
Outsourcing division which operates in the UK, France, Poland,
Holland, India and Sri Lanka. Mr. Tibble is a certified
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants and has a
Bachelor of Arts degree in Economics from University of East
Anglia. The business address for Mr. Tibble is Ash House,
Fairfield Avenue, Staines, Middlesex, TW18 4AN, England.
Anup Gupta serves as Chief Executive Officer of our
travel business unit. Mr. Gupta is based in Mumbai, India
and has led the establishment of many new initiatives at WNS.
Prior to joining our company in 2002, he was a Principal at
eVentures India, a News Corp. and SoftBank backed-venture fund,
where he developed many companies in the offshore services
areas. Previously, Mr. Gupta was a management consultant
with Booz Allen & Hamilton where he worked on client
engagements in India, Asia and Europe. Mr. Gupta holds a
graduate diploma in management from the Indian Institute of
Management, Calcutta, and a Bachelors in Technology degree from
the Indian Institute of Technology. The business address for
Mr. Gupta is Gate 4, Godrej & Boyce Complex,
Pirojshanagar, Vikhroli West, Mumbai 400 079, India.
Edwin Donald Harrell joined our company as Executive Vice
President for insurance services and has served as the Chief
Executive Officer of WNS Assistance since October 2005. Prior to
joining our company, Mr. Harrell was a consultant to the
insurance business sector and has worked closely with WNS
Assistance since 1994. In 2001, Mr. Harrell was part of the
team who set up our back-office processing center in India
connected on a real-time basis to our UK operation. This process
facilitated the integrated functioning of our onshore and
offshore teams, resulting in significant savings of processing
costs, cycle time and indemnified costs to our clients.
Mr. Harrell graduated from Chantry High School, Ipswich,
UK. The business address for Mr. Harrell is Ash House,
Fairfield Avenue, Staines, Middlesex, TW18 4AN, England.
J.J. Selvadurai serves as Chief Executive Officer of our
enterprise services business unit. Mr. Selvadurai is a
business process outsourcing industry specialist with over
20 years of experience in offshore outsourcing. He
pioneered such services in Sri Lanka and set up and managed many
processing centers in the Philippines, India, Pakistan and the
UK. Mr. Selvadurai is a certified electronic data
management and processing trainer. Prior to joining WNS in 2002,
Mr. Selvadurai was Asia Managing Director (Business Process
Outsourcing services) of Hays plc, a FTSE 100 B2B
services company. Mr. Selvadurai is certified in data
management and is a member of the data processing institute. The
business address for Mr. Selvadurai is Ash House, Fairfield
Avenue, Staines, Middlesex, TW18 4AN, England.
Other Managers
Alan Stephen Dunning is a co-founder of WNS (Holdings)
Limited and Managing Director, WNS UK. He is based in the
UK and served as the Chief Executive Officer of our travel
business unit until recently. Mr. Dunning is currently
responsible for managing key client relationships in the travel
business unit, apart from focusing on new product development
and providing overall leadership to our UK team. Prior to
joining us, Mr. Dunning was Managing Director of Speedwing
(the British Airways subsidiary that previously owned our
business). Mr. Dunning received a Bachelor of Arts degree
from Leicester University, UK.
Lyndon Rodrigues serves as Chief Information Officer.
Mr. Rodrigues is based in the UK. He is responsible for
technology solution design, implementation and our overall
technology infrastructure. Prior to joining our company,
Mr. Rodrigues was with Citigroup Investments, where he was
part of the core team specializing in business process
outsourcing transactions in India. Before joining Citigroup, he
was with Hays plcs business process outsourcing division,
where he managed solutions design and processes to implement new
outsourced business ventures for Hays plc in Asia and Eastern
Europe. He received his Bachelor of Science degree in business
company systems from the City University, London.
79
Amit Bhatia serves as Chief Executive Officer of our
knowledge services business. Mr. Bhatia is based in
Gurgaon, India. Mr. Bhatia has over 15 years of
experience managing onshore and offshore research and analytical
operations with specialization in business and financial
research. Prior to joining WNS, he served as the Country Manager
for FreeMarkets Inc. where he was responsible for building and
leading the consulting business and offshore operations in
India. He also
co-founded and led the
McKinsey Knowledge Center in New Delhi, the consulting
firms global knowledge management business servicing
McKinseys more than 80 offices around the world.
Mr. Bhatia has a Bachelors degree in Commerce from Shri Ram
College of Commerce, Delhi University and a Masters degree in
Finance from The Delhi School of Economics. He is also a
qualified Cost & Works accountant.
Board Structure and Compensation
Composition of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of nine directors.
Pursuant to the terms of an investment agreement among us and
certain shareholders described under Principal and Selling
Shareholders, British Airways has the right to designate
one director and Warburg Pincus has the right to designate a
majority of the directors to serve on our board of directors.
British Airways has the right to designate one director on our
board of directors. Warburg Pincus may, in its absolute
discretion, invite British Airways to designate an additional
director on our board of directors, provided such director is
not domiciled in the UK. In addition, British Airways has the
right to designate two non-voting board representatives on our
board of directors. These board representatives are entitled to
attend and speak but not to vote at meetings of our board of
directors. This investment agreement will terminate upon the
completion of this offering, at which time the contractual right
of any shareholder to designate a person to serve on our board
of directors will terminate.
We will be deemed to be a controlled company under
the rules of the NYSE, and we will qualify for the
controlled company exception to the board of
directors and committee composition requirements under the rules
of the NYSE. However, we do not intend to rely on this
controlled company exception. Effective upon the
completion of this offering, Zubin Dubash, Nitin Sibal, Miriam
Strouse and Timothy Hammond will resign as our directors and the
appointment of Eric Herr and Deepak Parekh as our directors will
become effective. As a result, our board of directors, following
the completion of this offering, will consist of seven
directors. Messrs. Herr and Parekh satisfy the
independence requirements of the NYSE rules. We
intend to have a majority of independent directors within one
year of the completion of this offering.
We adopted an amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of
Association on May 22, 2006. This amended and restated
Memorandum and Articles of Association will come into effect
immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Our
amended and restated memorandum and articles of association
provide that our board of directors consists of not less than
three directors, and such maximum number as our directors may
determine from time to time.
All directors hold office until the expiry of their term of
office, their resignation or removal from office for gross
negligence or criminal conduct by a resolution of our
shareholders or until they cease to be directors by virtue of
any provision of law or they are disqualified by law from being
directors or they become bankrupt or make any arrangement or
composition with their creditors generally or they become of
unsound mind. Upon the completion of this offering, the term of
office of the directors will be divided into three classes:
|
|
|
Class I, whose term will expire at the annual general
meeting to be held in 2007; |
|
|
Class II, whose term will expire at the annual general
meeting to be held in 2008; and |
|
|
Class III, whose term will expire at the annual general
meeting to be held in 2009. |
At each annual general meeting after the initial classification
or special meeting in lieu thereof, the successors to directors
whose terms will then expire serve from the time of election
until the third annual meeting following election or special
meeting held in lieu thereof. Any additional directorships
resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be
distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as
possible,
80
each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This
classification of the board of directors may have the effect of
delaying or preventing changes in control of management of our
company.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or
executive officers. The employment agreements governing the
services of two of our directors provide for benefits upon
termination of employment as described below.
The employment agreement we entered into with Mr. Neeraj
Bhargava on March 31, 2002 provides that if
Mr. Bhargavas employment is terminated by us without
cause (as defined in the employment agreement), he will be
entitled to receive his base salary for a period of
12 months after the date of such termination, in addition
to all accrued and unpaid salary, accrued and unused vacation
and any unreimbursed expenses. Mr. Bhargava would also be
entitled to health benefits during those 12 months to the
extent permitted under our health plans.
If Mr. Bhargavas employment is terminated by reason
of his death or disability or by us for cause, he will be
entitled to receive all accrued and unpaid salary through the
date of such termination, accrued and unused vacation and any
unreimbursed expenses. If Mr. Bhargava voluntarily resigns
by giving us 30 days notice in writing (as provided
in the employment agreement), we may, at our discretion, pay him
his then current salary and continue benefits for the duration
of the unexpired notice period.
We expect to enter into a new three-year employment agreement
with Mr. Bhargava which will renew automatically for
additional one-year increments, unless either we or
Mr. Bhargava elect not to renew the term. Mr. Bhargava
will serve as our chief executive officer and will receive
compensation, health and other benefits and perquisites
commensurate with his position. In addition, Mr. Bhargava
will receive a grant of stock options and restricted stock units
under his employment agreement that will vest over a three-year
period, subject to his continued employment with us.
If Mr. Bhargavas employment is terminated by us
without cause or by Mr. Bhargava for good reason (each as
defined in the employment agreement) and Mr. Bhargava
executes a general release and waiver of claims against us,
subject to his continued compliance with certain non-competition
and confidentiality obligations, Mr. Bhargava will be
entitled to receive severance payments and benefits from us as
follows: (i) 24 months of base salary and healthcare
benefits from his date of termination; (ii) a lump sum
payment equal to twice his effective target bonus; and
(iii) accelerated vesting of the stock options and
restricted stock units granted under this employment agreement
through the end of the month of termination. If we experience a
change of control while Mr. Bhargava is employed under this
agreement, all of the stock options and restricted stock units
granted to Mr. Bhargava under this employment agreement
will vest and the stock options will become exercisable on a
fully accelerated basis.
The employment agreement we entered into with Mr. Ramesh
Shah on July 14, 2005 provides that if Mr. Shahs
employment is terminated by us without cause (as defined in the
employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive his base
salary for 12 months after the termination, in addition to
all accrued and unpaid salary, earned bonus, accrued and unused
vacation and all benefits as set out in the employment agreement.
If Mr. Shahs employment is terminated by us for
cause, he will be entitled to receive all accrued and unpaid
salary through the date of such termination. If Mr. Shah
voluntarily resigns by giving us a notice in writing of six
months (as provided in the employment agreement), he will be
entitled to receive his then current salary and continue
benefits through the date of his termination of employment.
We expect to enter into a new three-year employment agreement
with Mr. Shah which will renew automatically for additional
one-year increments, unless either we or Mr. Shah elect not
to renew the term. Mr. Shah will serve as our chairman and
will receive compensation, health and other benefits and
perquisites commensurate with his position. In addition,
Mr. Shah will receive a grant of stock options and
restricted stock units under his employment agreement that will
vest over a three-year period, subject to his continued
employment with us.
If Mr. Shahs employment is terminated by us without
cause or by Mr. Shah for good reason (each as defined in
the employment agreement) and Mr. Shah executes a general
release and waiver of claims against us,
81
subject to his continued compliance with certain non-competition
and confidentiality obligations, Mr. Shah will be entitled
to receive severance payments and benefits from us as follows:
(i) 24 months of base salary and healthcare benefits
from his date of termination; (ii) a lump sum payment equal
to twice his effective target bonus; and (iii) accelerated
vesting of the stock options and restricted stock units granted
under this employment agreement through the end of the month of
termination. If we experience a change of control while
Mr. Shah is employed under this agreement, all of the stock
options and restricted stock units granted to Mr. Shah
under this employment agreement will vest and the stock options
will become exercisable on a fully accelerated basis.
We expect to enter into a new three-year employment agreement
with Mr. Dubash which will renew automatically for
additional one-year increments, unless either we or
Mr. Dubash elect not to renew the term. Mr. Dubash
will serve as our chief financial officer and will receive
compensation, health and other benefits and perquisites
commensurate with his position. In addition, Mr. Dubash
will receive a grant of stock options and restricted stock units
under his employment agreement that will vest over a three-year
period, subject to his continued employment with us.
If Mr. Dubashs employment is terminated by us without
cause or by Mr. Dubash for good reason (each as defined in
the employment agreement) and Mr. Dubash executes a general
release and waiver of claims against us, subject to his
continued compliance with certain non-competition and
confidentiality obligations, Mr. Dubash will be entitled to
receive severance payments and benefits from us as follows:
(i) 24 months of base salary and healthcare benefits
from his date of termination; (ii) a lump sum payment equal
to twice his effective target bonus; and (iii) accelerated
vesting of the stock options and restricted stock units granted
under this employment agreement through the end of the month of
termination. If we experience a change of control while
Mr. Dubash is employed under this agreement, all of the
stock options and restricted stock units granted to
Mr. Dubash under this employment agreement will vest and
the stock options will become exercisable on a fully accelerated
basis.
Committees of the Board
Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors
will have three standing committees: an Audit Committee, a
Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee.
Audit Committee
The audit committee will comprise three directors: Messrs. Eric
Herr (Chairman), Deepak Parekh and Guy Sochovsky.
Messrs. Herr and Parekh satisfy the independence
requirements of
Rule 10A-3 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act. We intend to comply with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 and the NYSE rules, which require that the audit committee
be composed solely of directors who will satisfy the
independence requirements of the NYSE rules and
Rule 10A-3 of the
Exchange Act within one year from the date of this prospectus.
The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee
will be as follows:
|
|
|
to serve as an independent and objective party to monitor our
financial reporting process and internal control systems; |
|
|
to review and appraise the audit efforts of our independent
accountants and exercise ultimate authority over the
relationship between us and our independent accountants; and |
|
|
to provide an open avenue of communication among the independent
accountants, financial and senior management and the board of
directors. |
The audit committee will have the power to investigate any
matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties.
It will also have the authority to retain counsel and advisors
to fulfill its responsibilities and duties. We anticipate that
Mr. Herr will serve as our audit committee financial
expert, within the requirements of the rules promulgated by the
Commission relating to listed-company audit committees.
82
Compensation Committee
The compensation committee will comprise three directors:
Messrs. Ramesh Shah (Chairman), Eric Herr and Deepak
Parekh. We intend to comply with the requirements of the NYSE
rules, which require that the compensation committee be composed
solely of independent directors within one year of the
completion of this offering. The scope of this committees
duties include determining the compensation of our executive
officers and other key management personnel. The compensation
committee also approves, allocates and administers the Stock
Incentive Plan, reviews performance appraisal criteria and sets
standards for and decides on all employee shares options
allocations when delegated to do so by our board of directors.
In addition, we expect that our compensation committee will also
administer our 2006 Incentive Award Plan.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The nominating and corporate governance committee will comprise
three directors: Messrs. Deepak Parekh (Chairman), Eric
Herr and Jeremy Young. We intend to comply with the requirements
of the NYSE rules, which require that the nominating and
corporate governance committee be composed solely of independent
directors within one year of the completion of this
offering. The principal duties and responsibilities of the
nominating and governance committee will be as follows:
|
|
|
to assist the board of directors by identifying individuals
qualified to become board members and members of board
committees, to recommend to the board of directors nominees for
the next annual meeting of shareholders, and to recommend to the
board of directors nominees for each committee of the board of
directors; |
|
|
to monitor our corporate governance structure; and |
|
|
to periodically review and recommend to the board of directors
any proposed changes to the corporate governance guidelines
applicable to us. |
Directors and Executive Compensation
The aggregate compensation we paid our directors and executive
officers for fiscal 2006 was $2,765,683, which includes
$1,776,215 paid towards salary, $752,057 paid towards bonus and
$237,412 for social security, medical and other benefits. The
total compensation paid to our most highly compensated executive
during fiscal 2006 was $545,730 (of which $365,859 was comprised
of salary, $141,750 was comprised of bonus payments and $38,121
was comprised of social security, medical and other benefits).
Effective upon the pricing of this offering, certain of our
directors and executive officers will be granted 320,000 options
and 160,000 restricted share units under the 2006 Incentive
Award Plan. The options will be exercisable at the actual public
offering price of our ADSs sold in this offering.
Under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, our independent directors
will each receive an option to purchase 14,000 shares
initially and an option to purchase 7,000 shares upon
reelection to our board of directors at each annual meeting of
shareholders thereafter. The options granted to independent
directors will be non-qualified options with a per share
exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share
on the date that the option is granted. Options granted to
independent directors will become exercisable in cumulative
annual installments of
331/3
% on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of
the date of grant.
83
Outstanding Options
The following table sets forth information concerning options
granted to our directors and executive officers which are
outstanding as of June 30, 2006. As of June 30, 2006,
our directors and executive officers as a group (directly and
indirectly) held options under our Stock Incentive Plan to
purchase 1,268,334 representing less than 3.2% of our expanded
share capital on the following terms:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Ordinary | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Underlying | |
|
Exercise Price | |
|
|
Name |
|
Options Outstanding(1) | |
|
per Share(2) | |
|
Expiration Date | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Ramesh N. Shah
|
|
|
250,000 |
|
|
|
£3.50/ $6.14 |
|
|
|
July 14, 2015 |
|
Neeraj Bhargava
|
|
|
220,001 |
|
|
|
£1.00/ $1.75 |
|
|
|
July 1, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
£1.45/ $2.54 |
|
|
|
January 1, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
150,000 |
|
|
|
£3.50/ $6.14 |
|
|
|
September 1, 2015 |
|
Zubin Dubash
|
|
|
200,000 |
|
|
|
£1.50/ $2.63 |
|
|
|
September 6, 2014 |
|
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
£3.50/ $6.14 |
|
|
|
September 1, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
£7.00/ $12.28 |
|
|
|
February 21, 2016 |
|
Pulak Prasad
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nitin Sibal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miriam Strouse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeremy Young
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guy Sochovsky
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy Hammond
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Charles Tibble
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anup Gupta
|
|
|
28,000 |
|
|
|
£1.00/ $1.75 |
|
|
|
August 1, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
22,000 |
|
|
|
£1.40/ $2.46 |
|
|
|
July 18, 2013 |
|
|
|
|
5,000 |
|
|
|
£3.00/ $5.26 |
|
|
|
April 11, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
70,000 |
|
|
|
£3.50/ $6.14 |
|
|
|
September 1, 2015 |
|
|
|
|
20,000 |
|
|
|
£7.00/ $12.28 |
|
|
|
February 21, 2016 |
|
Edwin Donald Harrell
|
|
|
25,000 |
|
|
|
£7.00/ $12.28 |
|
|
|
February 21, 2016 |
|
J.J. Selvadurai
|
|
|
33,333 |
|
|
|
£1.45/$2.54 |
|
|
|
January 1, 2014 |
|
Note:
|
|
|
(1) |
The information in this table excludes the following options and
restricted share units to be issued effective upon the pricing
of this offering to the following directors and executive
officers under the WNS 2006 Incentive Award Plan: Ramesh
N. Shah 115,000 options and 57,500 restricted
share units, Neeraj Bhargava 135,000 options and
67,500 restricted share units, Zubin Dubash 25,000
options and 12,500 restricted share units, Anup
Gupta 20,000 options and 10,000 restricted share
units, Edwin Harrell 5,000 options and 2,500
restricted share units and J.J. Selvadurai
20,000 options and 10,000 restricted share units. |
|
|
(2) |
US dollar amounts based on convenience translation of $1.00 =
£0.57 as of March 31, 2006. |
Employee Benefit Plans
We maintain employee benefit plans in the form of certain
statutory and incentive plans covering substantially all of our
employees.
Provident Fund
In accordance with Indian law, all of our employees in India are
entitled to receive benefits under the Provident Fund, a defined
contribution plan to which both we and the employee contribute
monthly at a pre-determined rate (currently 12% of the
employees base salary). These contributions are made to
the Government Provident Fund and we have no further obligation
under this fund apart from our monthly contributions. We
contributed an aggregate of $1.8 million in fiscal 2006,
$1.0 million in fiscal 2005 and $0.7 million in fiscal
2004 to the Government Provident Fund.
84
In accordance with Indian law, we provide for gratuity pursuant
to a defined benefit retirement plan covering all of our
associates in India. Our gratuity plan provides for a lump sum
payment to vested employees on retirement or on termination of
employment in an amount based on the employees salary and
length of service with us. We provide the gratuity benefit
through actuarially determined contributions pursuant to a
non-participating annuity contract administered and managed by
the Life Insurance Corporation of India, or LIC. Under this
plan, LIC assumes the obligation to make the gratuity payments
to our associates. We contributed an aggregate of
$0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in
fiscal 2006, fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2004, respectively, to LIC
(which represented the gratuity cost for the period).
Compensated Absence
Our liability for compensated absences is determined on an
actual basis for the entire unused vacation balance standing to
the credit of each employee as at year-end and were charged to
income in the year in which they accrue.
Stock Incentive Plan
We adopted the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan on July 3, 2002,
or the Stock Incentive Plan, to help attract and retain the best
available personnel to serve us and our subsidiaries as
officers, directors and employees.
Administration. The Stock Incentive Plan is administered
by our board of directors, which may delegate its authority to a
committee (in either case, the Administrator). The
Administrator has complete authority, subject to the terms of
the Stock Incentive Plan and applicable law, to (1) select
the persons who may participate in the Stock Incentive Plan;
(2) determine the terms and conditions of any stock options
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan, including the number of
shares, exercise price, vesting provisions and restrictions
applicable to any such stock options; and (3) make all
other determinations necessary or advisable for the
administration of the Stock Incentive Plan.
Eligibility. Under the Stock Incentive Plan, the
Administrator is authorized to grant stock options to our
officers, directors and employees, and those of our
subsidiaries, subject to the terms and conditions of the Stock
Incentive Plan. Eligible officers, directors and employees will
be selected to participate in the Stock Incentive Plan in the
sole discretion of the Administrator. Certain additional
limitations on eligibility apply to certain of our non-US
service providers.
Number of Shares Authorized. As of June 30, 2006, an
aggregate of 6,082,042 shares of our ordinary shares have
been authorized for grant under the Stock Incentive Plan, of
which 2,116,266 stock options were issued and exercised and
stock options to purchase 3,875,655 ordinary shares were
issued and outstanding. Options granted under the Stock
Incentive Plan that are forfeited or canceled, settled in cash,
that expire or are repurchased by us at the original purchase
price shall remain available for future grant under the Stock
Incentive Plan.
Stock Options. Stock options vest and become exercisable
as determined by the Administrator and set forth in individual
stock option agreements, but may not, in any event, be exercised
later than ten years after their grant dates. In addition, stock
options may be exercised prior to vesting in some cases. Upon
exercise, an optionee must tender the full exercise price of the
stock option in cash, check or other form acceptable to the
Administrator, at which time the stock options are generally
subject to applicable income, employment and other withholding
taxes. Stock options may, in the sole discretion of the
Administrator as set forth in applicable award agreements,
continue to be exercisable for a period following an
optionees termination of service. Shares issued in respect
of exercised stock options may be subject to additional transfer
restrictions. Any grants of stock options under the Stock
Incentive Plan to US participants will be in the form of
nonqualified stock options. Optionees, other than optionees who
are employees of our subsidiaries in India, are entitled to
exercise their stock options for shares or ADSs in the company.
Corporate Transactions. If we engage in a merger or
similar corporate transaction, except as may otherwise be
provided in an individual award agreement, outstanding stock
options will be terminated unless they are
85
assumed by a successor corporation. In addition, the
Administrator has broad discretion to adjust the Stock Incentive
Plan and any stock options thereunder to account for any changes
in our capitalization.
Amendment and Termination. Unless terminated sooner, the
Stock Incentive Plan will remain in effect for a period of ten
years, continuing through July 2, 2012, after which the
Stock Incentive Plan will terminate and no stock options will be
granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. Our board of directors
may, however, amend, suspend or terminate the Stock Incentive
Plan at any time, provided that any such amendment, suspension
or termination must not impact any holder of outstanding stock
options without such holders consent.
Transferability of Stock Options. Each stock option may
be exercised during the optionees lifetime only by the
optionee. No stock option may be sold, pledged, assigned,
hypothecated, transferred or disposed of by an optionee other
than by express permission of the Administrator (only in the
case of employees of non-Indian subsidiaries), by will or by the
laws of descent and distribution.
WNS 2006 Incentive Award Plan
We adopted the WNS (Holdings) Limited 2006 Incentive Award Plan,
or the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, on June 1, 2006. Awards
granted under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan will become
effective upon the pricing of this offering, whereupon we will
terminate the Stock Incentive Plan described above. Upon
termination of the Stock Incentive Plan, the shares that would
otherwise have been available for the grant under the Stock
Incentive Plan will effectively be rolled over into the 2006
Incentive Award Plan, and any awards outstanding will remain in
full force and effect in accordance with the terms of the Stock
Incentive Plan.
The purpose of the 2006 Incentive Award Plan is to promote the
success and enhance the value of our company by linking the
personal interests of the directors, employees and consultants
of our company and our subsidiaries to those of our shareholders
and by providing these individuals with an incentive for
outstanding performance. The 2006 Incentive Award Plan is
further intended to provide us with the ability to motivate,
attract and retain the services of these individuals.
Shares Available for Awards. Subject to certain
adjustments set forth in the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, the
maximum number of shares that may be issued or awarded under the
2006 Incentive Award Plan is equal to the sum of
(x) 3,000,000 shares, (y) any shares that remain
available for grant under the Stock Incentive Plan, and
(z) any shares subject to outstanding awards under the
Stock Incentive Plan. The maximum number of shares which may be
subject to awards granted to any one participant during any
calendar year is 500,000 shares and the maximum amount that
may be paid to a participant in cash during any calendar year
with respect to cash-based awards is $10,000,000. To the extent
that an award terminates or is settled in cash, any shares
subject to the award will again be available for the grant. Any
shares tendered or withheld to satisfy the grant or exercise
price or tax withholding obligation with respect to any award
will not be available for subsequent grant. Except as described
below with respect to independent directors, no determination
has been made as to the types or amounts of awards that will be
granted to specific individuals pursuant to the 2006 Incentive
Award Plan.
Administration. The 2006 Incentive Award Plan is
administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its
authority to a committee. We anticipate that the compensation
committee of our board of directors will administer the 2006
Incentive Award Plan, except that our board of directors will
administer the plan with respect to awards granted to our
independent directors. The plan administrator will determine
eligibility, the types and sizes of awards, the price and timing
of awards and the acceleration or waiver of any vesting
restriction, provided that the plan administrator will not have
the authority to accelerate vesting or waive the forfeiture of
any performance-based awards.
Eligibility. Our employees, consultants and directors and
those of our subsidiaries are eligible to be granted awards,
except that only employees of our company and our qualifying
corporate subsidiaries are eligible to be granted options that
are intended to qualify as incentive stock options
under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.
86
Awards
|
|
|
Options. The plan administrator may grant options on
shares. The per share option exercise price of all options
granted pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Award Plan will not be
less than 100% of the fair market value of a share on the date
of grant. No incentive stock option may be granted to a grantee
who owns more than 10% of our outstanding shares unless the
exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of a
share on the date of grant. To the extent that the aggregate
fair market value of the shares subject to an incentive stock
option become exercisable for the first time by any optionee
during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such excess will be
treated as a nonqualified option. The plan administrator will
determine the methods of payment of the exercise price of an
option, which may include cash, shares or other property
acceptable to the plan administrator (and may involve a cashless
exercise of the option). The term of options granted under the
2006 Incentive Award Plan may not exceed 10 years from the
date of grant. However, the term of an incentive stock option
granted to a person who owns more than 10% of our outstanding
shares on the date of grant may not exceed five years. |
|
|
|
Under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, our independent directors
will each receive an option to purchase 14,000 shares
initially and an option to purchase 7,000 shares upon
reelection to our board of directors at each annual meeting of
shareholders thereafter. The options granted to independent
directors will be non-qualified options with a per share
exercise price equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share
on the date that the option is granted. Options granted to
independent directors will become exercisable in cumulative
annual installments of
331/3
% on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of
the date of grant. |
|
|
|
Restricted Shares. The plan administrator may grant
shares subject to various restrictions, including restrictions
on transferability, limitations on the right to vote and/or
limitations on the right to receive dividends. |
|
|
Share Appreciation Rights. The plan administrator may
grant share appreciation rights representing the right to
receive payment of an amount equal to the excess of the fair
market value of a share on the date of exercise over the fair
market value of a share on the date of grant. The term of share
appreciation rights granted may not exceed ten years from the
date of grant. The plan administrator may elect to pay share
appreciation rights in cash, in shares or in a combination of
cash and shares. |
|
|
Performance Shares and Performance Shares Units. The plan
administrator may grant awards of performance shares denominated
in a number of shares and/or awards of performance share units
denominated in unit equivalents of shares and/or units of value,
including dollar value of shares. These awards may be linked to
performance criteria measured over performance periods as
determined by the plan administrator. |
|
|
Share Payments. The plan administrator may grant share
payments, including payments in the form of shares or options or
other rights to purchase shares. Share payments may be based
upon specific performance criteria determined by the plan
administrator on the date such share payments are made or on any
date thereafter. |
|
|
Deferred Shares. The plan administrator may grant awards
of deferred shares linked to performance criteria determined by
the plan administrator. Shares underlying deferred share awards
will not be issued until the deferred share awards have vested,
pursuant to a vesting schedule or upon the satisfaction of any
vesting conditions or performance criteria set by the plan
administrator. Recipients of deferred share awards generally
will have no rights as shareholders with respect to such
deferred shares until the shares underlying the deferred share
awards have been issued. |
|
|
Restricted Share Units. The plan administrator may grant
restricted share units, subject to various vesting conditions.
On the maturity date, we will transfer to the participant one
unrestricted, fully transferable share for each vested
restricted share unit scheduled to be paid out on such date. The
plan administrator will specify the purchase price, if any, to
be paid by the participant for such shares. |
87
|
|
|
Performance Bonus Awards. The plan administrator may
grant a cash bonus payable upon the attainment of performance
goals based on performance criteria and measured over a
performance period determined appropriate by the plan
administrator. Any such cash bonus paid to a covered
employee within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code may be a performance-based award as
described below. |
|
|
Performance-Based Awards. The plan administrator may
grant awards other than options and share appreciation rights to
employees who are or may be covered employees, as
defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, that are
intended to be performance-based awards within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code in order to
preserve the deductibility of these awards for federal income
tax purposes. Participants are only entitled to receive payment
for performance-based awards for any given performance period to
the extent that pre-established performance goals set by the
plan administrator for the period are satisfied. The plan
administrator will determine the type of performance-based
awards to be granted, the performance period and the performance
goals. Generally, a participant will have to be employed by us
on the date the performance-based award is paid to be eligible
for a performance-based award for any period. |
Adjustments. In the event of certain changes in our
capitalization, the plan administrator has broad discretion to
adjust awards, including without limitation, (i) the
aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the
2006 Incentive Award Plan, (ii) the terms and conditions of
any outstanding awards, and (iii) the grant or exercise
price per share for any outstanding awards under such plan to
account for such changes. The plan administrator also has the
authority to cash out, terminate or provide for the assumption
or substitution of outstanding awards in the event of a
corporate transaction.
Change in Control. In the event of change in control of
our company in which outstanding awards are not assumed by the
successor, such awards will generally become fully exercisable
and all forfeiture restrictions on such awards will lapse. Upon,
or in anticipation of, a change in control, the plan
administrator may cause any awards outstanding to terminate at a
specific time in the future and give each participant the right
to exercise such awards during such period of time as the plan
administrator, in its sole discretion, determines.
Vesting of Full Value Awards. Full value awards
(generally, any award other than an option or share appreciation
right) will vest over a period of at least three years (or, in
the case of vesting based upon attainment of certain performance
goals, over a period of at least one year). However, full value
awards that result in the issuance of an aggregate of up to 5%
to the total issuable shares under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan
may be granted without any minimum vesting periods. In addition,
full value awards may vest on an accelerated basis in the event
of a participants death, disability, or retirement, or in
the event of our change in control or other special
circumstances.
Non-transferability. Awards granted under the 2006
Incentive Award Plan are generally not transferable.
Termination or Amendment. Unless terminated earlier, the
2006 Incentive Award Plan will remain in effect for a period of
ten years from its effective date, after which no award may be
granted under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan. With the approval
of our board of directors, the plan administrator may terminate
or amend the 2006 Incentive Award Plan at any time. However,
shareholder approval will be required for any amendment
(i) to the extent required by applicable law, regulation or
stock exchange rule, (ii) to increase the number of shares
available under the 2006 Incentive Award Plan, (iii) to
permit the grant of options or share appreciation rights with an
exercise price below fair market value on the date of grant,
(iv) to extend the exercise period for an option or share
appreciation right beyond ten years from the date of grant, or
(v) that results in a material increase in benefits or a
change in eligibility requirements. Any amendment or termination
must not materially adversely affect any participant without
such participants consent.
88
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
We have entered into a master services agreement dated
May 20, 2002, with one of our principal shareholders,
British Airways. This agreement provides that we will render
business process outsourcing services to British Airways and its
affiliates as per services level agreements agreed between us
and British Airways. The agreement has a term of five years and
expires in March 2007, but can be terminated by British Airways
upon three months notice. In May 2006, we entered into a
non-binding letter of intent with British Airways to extend the
term of the contract to May 2012, subject to negotiating and
entering into a definitive contract. For fiscal 2006, 2005 and
2004, British Airways accounted for $14.7 million,
$16.4 million and $16.3 million of our revenue,
representing 7.2%, 10.1% and 15.7% of our revenue and
representing 9.9%, 16.5% and 32.7% of our revenue less repair
payments.
In fiscal 2003, we entered into agreements with certain
affiliates of another of our principal shareholders, Warburg
Pincus, to provide business process outsourcing services. For
fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, these affiliates, in the aggregate
accounted for $1.6 million, $1.1 million and
$0.9 million, representing 0.8%, 0.7% and 0.9% of our
revenue and 1.1%, 1.1% and 1.8% of our revenue less repair
payments. We have also entered into agreements with certain
other affiliates of Warburg Pincus under which we purchase
equipment and certain enterprise resource planning services from
them. For fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004, these affiliates in the
aggregate accounted for $193,000, $19,000 and $43,000 in
expenses.
In fiscal 2004, we entered into an agreement with Flovate
Technologies, a company in which Edwin Harrell, one of our
executive officers, is a majority shareholder, under which we
license certain software. In fiscal 2006, 2005 and 2004,
payments by us to Flovate Technologies pursuant to this
agreement amounted to $3.1 million, $3.3 million and
$2.9 million in the aggregate.
In fiscal 2006, WP International Holdings II LLC, an affiliate
of our majority shareholder, Warburg Pincus, extended a loan of
£74,783 to our executive officer, Edwin Harrell. The
purpose of this loan was to assist Mr. Harrell to finance
the purchase of our ordinary shares upon exercise of his stock
options. The loan was repaid by Mr. Harrell in April 2006.
In fiscal 2006, WP International Holdings II LLC, an
affiliate of our majority shareholder, Warburg Pincus, extended
a loan of £139,999 to one of our executive officers,
J. J. Selvadurai. The purpose of this loan was to
assist Mr. Selvadurai to finance the purchase of our
ordinary shares upon exercise of his stock options. The loan was
repaid by Mr. Selvadurai in March 2006.
89
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial
ownership of our ordinary shares as of June 30, 2006, and
as adjusted to reflect the sale of ADSs in this offering, held
by:
|
|
|
each person who is known to us to have more than 5.0% beneficial
share ownership; |
|
|
each of our directors and executive officers; |
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group; |
|
|
all of our employees as a group; and |
|
|
each selling shareholder. |
As used in this table, beneficial ownership means the sole or
shared power to vote or direct the voting or to dispose of or
direct the sale of any security. A person is deemed to be the
beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within
60 days upon the exercise of any option, warrant or right.
Ordinary shares subject to options, warrants or rights that are
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are
deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the
person holding the options, warrants or rights, but are not
deemed outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any
other person. The amounts and percentages as of June 30,
2006 are based upon our ordinary shares outstanding as of that
date and the amounts and percentages for our ordinary shares
after this offering are based upon (i) 39,801,857 ordinary
shares to be outstanding immediately after the offering,
assuming no exercise of the underwriters over-allotment
option; and (ii) 39,833,857 ordinary shares to be
outstanding immediately after the offering assuming the
underwriters over-allotment option is exercised in full.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholding of WNS (Holdings) Limited | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediately after the Offering | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Shareholding of WNS | |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Excluding Exercise of | |
|
Including Exercise of | |
|
|
(Holdings) Limited as | |
|
sold in the | |
|
sold in the | |
|
the Over-Allotment | |
|
the Over-Allotment | |
|
|
of June 30, 2006 | |
|
Offering | |
|
Offering | |
|
Options | |
|
Option | |
|
|
| |
|
(excluding | |
|
(including | |
|
| |
|
| |
Shareholders Name |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
optional shares) | |
|
optional shares) | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
5% or Greater Beneficial Share Owner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warburg Pincus
(1)
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
64.70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,490,000 |
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
57.43 |
% |
|
|
21,366,644 |
|
|
|
53.64 |
% |
|
466 Lexington Avenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, New York 10017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
British Airways plc
|
|
|
5,160,000 |
|
|
|
14.61 |
% |
|
|
5,160,000 |
|
|
|
5,160,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Waterside P.O. Box 365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmondsworth, Middlesex |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Theodore Agnew
(2)
|
|
|
1,956,228 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
% |
|
|
1,075,925 |
|
|
|
1,075,925 |
|
|
|
880,303 |
|
|
|
2.21 |
% |
|
|
880,303 |
|
|
|
2.21 |
% |
|
85 Gracechurch SV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
London EC3V 0AA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholding of WNS (Holdings) Limited | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediately after the Offering | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Shareholding of WNS | |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Excluding Exercise of | |
|
Including Exercise of | |
|
|
(Holdings) Limited as | |
|
sold in the | |
|
sold in the | |
|
the Over-Allotment | |
|
the Over-Allotment | |
|
|
of June 30, 2006 | |
|
Offering | |
|
Offering | |
|
Options | |
|
Option | |
|
|
| |
|
(excluding | |
|
(including | |
|
| |
|
| |
Shareholders Name |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
optional shares) | |
|
optional shares) | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Directors and Executive Officers
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ramesh N. Shah
(4)
|
|
|
233,333 |
|
|
|
0.66 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233,333 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
% |
|
|
233,333 |
|
|
|
0.58 |
% |
Neeraj
Bhargava(5)
|
|
|
320,001 |
(6) |
|
|
0.90 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,000 |
|
|
|
320,001 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
288,001 |
|
|
|
0.72 |
% |
Zubin Dubash
|
|
|
66,667 |
(6) |
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,667 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
|
|
66,667 |
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Pulak
Prasad(7)
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
64.70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,490,000 |
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
57.43 |
% |
|
|
21,366,644 |
|
|
|
53.64 |
% |
Nitin
Sibal(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miriam
Strouse(7)
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
64.70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,490,000 |
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
57.43 |
% |
|
|
21,366,644 |
|
|
|
53.64 |
% |
Jeremy
Young(7)
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
64.70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,490,000 |
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
57.43 |
% |
|
|
21,366,644 |
|
|
|
53.64 |
% |
Guy
Sochovsky(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Timothy Hammond
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Charles Tibble
|
|
|
1,088,182 |
|
|
|
3.08 |
% |
|
|
88,182 |
|
|
|
88,182 |
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
2.51 |
% |
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
2.51 |
% |
Anup Gupta
|
|
|
51,667 |
(6) |
|
|
0.15 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,667 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
|
|
51,667 |
|
|
|
0.13 |
% |
Edwin Donald Harrell
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
0.21 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
0.19 |
% |
J.J. Selvadurai
|
|
|
283,333 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
283,333 |
|
|
|
0.71 |
% |
|
|
268,333 |
|
|
|
0.68 |
% |
All our directors and executive officers as a group
(ten persons)(10)
|
|
|
24,974,827 |
|
|
|
69.63 |
% |
|
|
88,182 |
|
|
|
1,625,182 |
|
|
|
24,886,645 |
|
|
|
62.52 |
% |
|
|
23,349,645 |
|
|
|
58.61 |
% |
Employees(11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees (excluding our directors and executive officers)
|
|
|
3,495,469 |
|
|
|
9.52 |
% |
|
|
130,401 |
|
|
|
169,401 |
|
|
|
3,365,068 |
|
|
|
8.45 |
% |
|
|
3,326,068 |
|
|
|
8.34 |
% |
Selling Shareholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warburg Pincus
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
466 Lexington Avenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York 10017 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warburg Pincus Private Equity VIII L.P.
|
|
|
11,428,322 |
|
|
|
32.35 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
745,000 |
|
|
|
11,428,322 |
|
|
|
28.71 |
% |
|
|
10,683,322 |
|
|
|
26.82 |
% |
|
Warburg Pincus International Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
10,971,190 |
|
|
|
31.06 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
715,200 |
|
|
|
10,971,190 |
|
|
|
27.56 |
% |
|
|
10,255,990 |
|
|
|
25.75 |
% |
|
Warburg Pincus Netherlands International Partners I, CV
|
|
|
457,132 |
|
|
|
1.29 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,800 |
|
|
|
457,132 |
|
|
|
1.14 |
% |
|
|
427,332 |
|
|
|
1.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sub-total
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
64.70 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,490,000 |
|
|
|
22,856,644 |
|
|
|
57.43 |
% |
|
|
21,366,644 |
|
|
|
53.64 |
% |
British Airways plc
|
|
|
5,160,000 |
|
|
|
14.61 |
% |
|
|
5,160,000 |
|
|
|
5,160,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Waterside |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P.O. Box 365 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harmondsworth, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Middlesex |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Neeraj Bhargava
(5)
|
|
|
320,001 |
(6) |
|
|
0.90 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,000 |
|
|
|
320,001 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
288,001 |
|
|
|
0.72 |
% |
|
93 Chitrakoot
Altamount Road
Mumbai 400026
India |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholding of WNS (Holdings) Limited | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediately after the Offering | |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
Shareholding of WNS | |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Number of Shares | |
|
Excluding Exercise of | |
|
Including Exercise of | |
|
|
(Holdings) Limited as | |
|
sold in the | |
|
sold in the | |
|
the Over-Allotment | |
|
the Over-Allotment | |
|
|
of June 30, 2006 | |
|
Offering | |
|
Offering | |
|
Options | |
|
Option | |
|
|
| |
|
(excluding | |
|
(including | |
|
| |
|
| |
Shareholders Name |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
optional shares) | |
|
optional shares) | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
Shares | |
|
Percentage | |
|
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
|
| |
Theodore
Agnew(2)
|
|
|
1,956,228 |
|
|
|
5.54 |
% |
|
|
1,075,925 |
|
|
|
1,075,925 |
|
|
|
880,303 |
|
|
|
2.21 |
% |
|
|
880,303 |
|
|
|
2.21 |
% |
|
85 Gracechurch SV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
London EC3V 0AA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bolton Agnew
|
|
|
391,241 |
|
|
|
1.11 |
% |
|
|
215,183 |
|
|
|
215,183 |
|
|
|
176,058 |
|
|
|
0.44 |
% |
|
|
176,058 |
|
|
|
0.44 |
% |
|
Oulton Hall
Norwich
Norfolk NR11 6NY
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David Charles Tibble
|
|
|
1,088,182 |
|
|
|
3.08 |
% |
|
|
88,182 |
|
|
|
88,182 |
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
2.51 |
% |
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
2.51 |
% |
|
Ash House |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fairfield Avenue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Staines |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Middlesex TW18 4AN |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vivek Shivpuri
|
|
|
327,149 |
|
|
|
0.93 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,000 |
|
|
|
327,149 |
|
|
|
0.82 |
% |
|
|
313,149 |
|
|
|
0.79 |
% |
|
7520, East Placita |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ventana Nayes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuscon, Arizona 85750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amit Gujral
|
|
|
314,696 |
|
|
|
0.89 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
314,696 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
304,696 |
|
|
|
0.77 |
% |
|
7563, East Placita De |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
La Vina |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tuscon, Arizona 85750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
J.J. Selvadurai
|
|
|
283,333 |
|
|
|
0.80 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,000 |
|
|
|
283,333 |
|
|
|
0.71 |
% |
|
|
268,333 |
|
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
31, The Goffs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eastbourne, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
East Sussex |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BN21 1HF |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Walker
|
|
|
130,401 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
% |
|
|
130,401 |
|
|
|
130,401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8, Vellyview Drive |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rushmere, St. Andrew |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ipswich, Suffolk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IP4 5UW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ajay Ratanlal Bohora
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
0.14 |
% |
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
50,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bohora Park |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gangapur Road |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nashik 422002 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
India |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nicola Casado
|
|
|
9,333 |
|
|
|
0.03 |
% |
|
|
9,333 |
|
|
|
9,333 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Calle Constantino |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rodriguez 15
Chalet 6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|